postgresql/src/include/nodes/pathnodes.h

2476 lines
103 KiB
C
Raw Normal View History

/*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*
* pathnodes.h
* Definitions for planner's internal data structures, especially Paths.
*
*
* Portions Copyright (c) 1996-2019, PostgreSQL Global Development Group
* Portions Copyright (c) 1994, Regents of the University of California
*
* src/include/nodes/pathnodes.h
*
*-------------------------------------------------------------------------
*/
#ifndef PATHNODES_H
#define PATHNODES_H
#include "access/sdir.h"
#include "fmgr.h"
#include "lib/stringinfo.h"
#include "nodes/params.h"
#include "nodes/parsenodes.h"
#include "storage/block.h"
/*
1999-02-18 01:49:48 +01:00
* Relids
* Set of relation identifiers (indexes into the rangetable).
*/
typedef Bitmapset *Relids;
/*
* When looking for a "cheapest path", this enum specifies whether we want
* cheapest startup cost or cheapest total cost.
*/
typedef enum CostSelector
{
STARTUP_COST, TOTAL_COST
} CostSelector;
/*
* The cost estimate produced by cost_qual_eval() includes both a one-time
* (startup) cost, and a per-tuple cost.
*/
typedef struct QualCost
{
Cost startup; /* one-time cost */
Cost per_tuple; /* per-evaluation cost */
} QualCost;
/*
* Costing aggregate function execution requires these statistics about
Support ordered-set (WITHIN GROUP) aggregates. This patch introduces generic support for ordered-set and hypothetical-set aggregate functions, as well as implementations of the instances defined in SQL:2008 (percentile_cont(), percentile_disc(), rank(), dense_rank(), percent_rank(), cume_dist()). We also added mode() though it is not in the spec, as well as versions of percentile_cont() and percentile_disc() that can compute multiple percentile values in one pass over the data. Unlike the original submission, this patch puts full control of the sorting process in the hands of the aggregate's support functions. To allow the support functions to find out how they're supposed to sort, a new API function AggGetAggref() is added to nodeAgg.c. This allows retrieval of the aggregate call's Aggref node, which may have other uses beyond the immediate need. There is also support for ordered-set aggregates to install cleanup callback functions, so that they can be sure that infrastructure such as tuplesort objects gets cleaned up. In passing, make some fixes in the recently-added support for variadic aggregates, and make some editorial adjustments in the recent FILTER additions for aggregates. Also, simplify use of IsBinaryCoercible() by allowing it to succeed whenever the target type is ANY or ANYELEMENT. It was inconsistent that it dealt with other polymorphic target types but not these. Atri Sharma and Andrew Gierth; reviewed by Pavel Stehule and Vik Fearing, and rather heavily editorialized upon by Tom Lane
2013-12-23 22:11:35 +01:00
* the aggregates to be executed by a given Agg node. Note that the costs
* include the execution costs of the aggregates' argument expressions as
* well as the aggregate functions themselves. Also, the fields must be
* defined so that initializing the struct to zeroes with memset is correct.
*/
typedef struct AggClauseCosts
{
int numAggs; /* total number of aggregate functions */
Support ordered-set (WITHIN GROUP) aggregates. This patch introduces generic support for ordered-set and hypothetical-set aggregate functions, as well as implementations of the instances defined in SQL:2008 (percentile_cont(), percentile_disc(), rank(), dense_rank(), percent_rank(), cume_dist()). We also added mode() though it is not in the spec, as well as versions of percentile_cont() and percentile_disc() that can compute multiple percentile values in one pass over the data. Unlike the original submission, this patch puts full control of the sorting process in the hands of the aggregate's support functions. To allow the support functions to find out how they're supposed to sort, a new API function AggGetAggref() is added to nodeAgg.c. This allows retrieval of the aggregate call's Aggref node, which may have other uses beyond the immediate need. There is also support for ordered-set aggregates to install cleanup callback functions, so that they can be sure that infrastructure such as tuplesort objects gets cleaned up. In passing, make some fixes in the recently-added support for variadic aggregates, and make some editorial adjustments in the recent FILTER additions for aggregates. Also, simplify use of IsBinaryCoercible() by allowing it to succeed whenever the target type is ANY or ANYELEMENT. It was inconsistent that it dealt with other polymorphic target types but not these. Atri Sharma and Andrew Gierth; reviewed by Pavel Stehule and Vik Fearing, and rather heavily editorialized upon by Tom Lane
2013-12-23 22:11:35 +01:00
int numOrderedAggs; /* number w/ DISTINCT/ORDER BY/WITHIN GROUP */
bool hasNonPartial; /* does any agg not support partial mode? */
bool hasNonSerial; /* is any partial agg non-serializable? */
QualCost transCost; /* total per-input-row execution costs */
QualCost finalCost; /* total per-aggregated-row costs */
Size transitionSpace; /* space for pass-by-ref transition data */
} AggClauseCosts;
Make the upper part of the planner work by generating and comparing Paths. I've been saying we needed to do this for more than five years, and here it finally is. This patch removes the ever-growing tangle of spaghetti logic that grouping_planner() used to use to try to identify the best plan for post-scan/join query steps. Now, there is (nearly) independent consideration of each execution step, and entirely separate construction of Paths to represent each of the possible ways to do that step. We choose the best Path or set of Paths using the same add_path() logic that's been used inside query_planner() for years. In addition, this patch removes the old restriction that subquery_planner() could return only a single Plan. It now returns a RelOptInfo containing a set of Paths, just as query_planner() does, and the parent query level can use each of those Paths as the basis of a SubqueryScanPath at its level. This allows finding some optimizations that we missed before, wherein a subquery was capable of returning presorted data and thereby avoiding a sort in the parent level, making the overall cost cheaper even though delivering sorted output was not the cheapest plan for the subquery in isolation. (A couple of regression test outputs change in consequence of that. However, there is very little change in visible planner behavior overall, because the point of this patch is not to get immediate planning benefits but to create the infrastructure for future improvements.) There is a great deal left to do here. This patch unblocks a lot of planner work that was basically impractical in the old code structure, such as allowing FDWs to implement remote aggregation, or rewriting plan_set_operations() to allow consideration of multiple implementation orders for set operations. (The latter will likely require a full rewrite of plan_set_operations(); what I've done here is only to fix it to return Paths not Plans.) I have also left unfinished some localized refactoring in createplan.c and planner.c, because it was not necessary to get this patch to a working state. Thanks to Robert Haas, David Rowley, and Amit Kapila for review.
2016-03-07 21:58:22 +01:00
/*
* This enum identifies the different types of "upper" (post-scan/join)
* relations that we might deal with during planning.
*/
typedef enum UpperRelationKind
{
UPPERREL_SETOP, /* result of UNION/INTERSECT/EXCEPT, if any */
UPPERREL_PARTIAL_GROUP_AGG, /* result of partial grouping/aggregation, if
* any */
Make the upper part of the planner work by generating and comparing Paths. I've been saying we needed to do this for more than five years, and here it finally is. This patch removes the ever-growing tangle of spaghetti logic that grouping_planner() used to use to try to identify the best plan for post-scan/join query steps. Now, there is (nearly) independent consideration of each execution step, and entirely separate construction of Paths to represent each of the possible ways to do that step. We choose the best Path or set of Paths using the same add_path() logic that's been used inside query_planner() for years. In addition, this patch removes the old restriction that subquery_planner() could return only a single Plan. It now returns a RelOptInfo containing a set of Paths, just as query_planner() does, and the parent query level can use each of those Paths as the basis of a SubqueryScanPath at its level. This allows finding some optimizations that we missed before, wherein a subquery was capable of returning presorted data and thereby avoiding a sort in the parent level, making the overall cost cheaper even though delivering sorted output was not the cheapest plan for the subquery in isolation. (A couple of regression test outputs change in consequence of that. However, there is very little change in visible planner behavior overall, because the point of this patch is not to get immediate planning benefits but to create the infrastructure for future improvements.) There is a great deal left to do here. This patch unblocks a lot of planner work that was basically impractical in the old code structure, such as allowing FDWs to implement remote aggregation, or rewriting plan_set_operations() to allow consideration of multiple implementation orders for set operations. (The latter will likely require a full rewrite of plan_set_operations(); what I've done here is only to fix it to return Paths not Plans.) I have also left unfinished some localized refactoring in createplan.c and planner.c, because it was not necessary to get this patch to a working state. Thanks to Robert Haas, David Rowley, and Amit Kapila for review.
2016-03-07 21:58:22 +01:00
UPPERREL_GROUP_AGG, /* result of grouping/aggregation, if any */
UPPERREL_WINDOW, /* result of window functions, if any */
UPPERREL_DISTINCT, /* result of "SELECT DISTINCT", if any */
UPPERREL_ORDERED, /* result of ORDER BY, if any */
UPPERREL_FINAL /* result of any remaining top-level actions */
/* NB: UPPERREL_FINAL must be last enum entry; it's used to size arrays */
} UpperRelationKind;
/*
* This enum identifies which type of relation is being planned through the
* inheritance planner. INHKIND_NONE indicates the inheritance planner
* was not used.
*/
typedef enum InheritanceKind
{
INHKIND_NONE,
INHKIND_INHERITED,
INHKIND_PARTITIONED
} InheritanceKind;
/*----------
* PlannerGlobal
* Global information for planning/optimization
*
* PlannerGlobal holds state for an entire planner invocation; this state
* is shared across all levels of sub-Queries that exist in the command being
* planned.
*----------
*/
typedef struct PlannerGlobal
{
NodeTag type;
ParamListInfo boundParams; /* Param values provided to planner() */
List *subplans; /* Plans for SubPlan nodes */
List *subroots; /* PlannerInfos for SubPlan nodes */
Bitmapset *rewindPlanIDs; /* indices of subplans that require REWIND */
List *finalrtable; /* "flat" rangetable for executor */
List *finalrowmarks; /* "flat" list of PlanRowMarks */
List *resultRelations; /* "flat" list of integer RT indexes */
List *rootResultRelations; /* "flat" list of integer RT indexes */
List *relationOids; /* OIDs of relations the plan depends on */
List *invalItems; /* other dependencies, as PlanInvalItems */
List *paramExecTypes; /* type OIDs for PARAM_EXEC Params */
Fix PARAM_EXEC assignment mechanism to be safe in the presence of WITH. The planner previously assumed that parameter Vars having the same absolute query level, varno, and varattno could safely be assigned the same runtime PARAM_EXEC slot, even though they might be different Vars appearing in different subqueries. This was (probably) safe before the introduction of CTEs, but the lazy-evalution mechanism used for CTEs means that a CTE can be executed during execution of some other subquery, causing the lifespan of Params at the same syntactic nesting level as the CTE to overlap with use of the same slots inside the CTE. In 9.1 we created additional hazards by using the same parameter-assignment technology for nestloop inner scan parameters, but it was broken before that, as illustrated by the added regression test. To fix, restructure the planner's management of PlannerParamItems so that items having different semantic lifespans are kept rigorously separated. This will probably result in complex queries using more runtime PARAM_EXEC slots than before, but the slots are cheap enough that this hardly matters. Also, stop generating PlannerParamItems containing Params for subquery outputs: all we really need to do is reserve the PARAM_EXEC slot number, and that now only takes incrementing a counter. The planning code is simpler and probably faster than before, as well as being more correct. Per report from Vik Reykja. These changes will mostly also need to be made in the back branches, but I'm going to hold off on that until after 9.2.0 wraps.
2012-09-05 18:54:03 +02:00
Index lastPHId; /* highest PlaceHolderVar ID assigned */
Index lastRowMarkId; /* highest PlanRowMark ID assigned */
int lastPlanNodeId; /* highest plan node ID assigned */
bool transientPlan; /* redo plan when TransactionXmin changes? */
Row-Level Security Policies (RLS) Building on the updatable security-barrier views work, add the ability to define policies on tables to limit the set of rows which are returned from a query and which are allowed to be added to a table. Expressions defined by the policy for filtering are added to the security barrier quals of the query, while expressions defined to check records being added to a table are added to the with-check options of the query. New top-level commands are CREATE/ALTER/DROP POLICY and are controlled by the table owner. Row Security is able to be enabled and disabled by the owner on a per-table basis using ALTER TABLE .. ENABLE/DISABLE ROW SECURITY. Per discussion, ROW SECURITY is disabled on tables by default and must be enabled for policies on the table to be used. If no policies exist on a table with ROW SECURITY enabled, a default-deny policy is used and no records will be visible. By default, row security is applied at all times except for the table owner and the superuser. A new GUC, row_security, is added which can be set to ON, OFF, or FORCE. When set to FORCE, row security will be applied even for the table owner and superusers. When set to OFF, row security will be disabled when allowed and an error will be thrown if the user does not have rights to bypass row security. Per discussion, pg_dump sets row_security = OFF by default to ensure that exports and backups will have all data in the table or will error if there are insufficient privileges to bypass row security. A new option has been added to pg_dump, --enable-row-security, to ask pg_dump to export with row security enabled. A new role capability, BYPASSRLS, which can only be set by the superuser, is added to allow other users to be able to bypass row security using row_security = OFF. Many thanks to the various individuals who have helped with the design, particularly Robert Haas for his feedback. Authors include Craig Ringer, KaiGai Kohei, Adam Brightwell, Dean Rasheed, with additional changes and rework by me. Reviewers have included all of the above, Greg Smith, Jeff McCormick, and Robert Haas.
2014-09-19 17:18:35 +02:00
Avoid invalidating all foreign-join cached plans when user mappings change. We must not push down a foreign join when the foreign tables involved should be accessed under different user mappings. Previously we tried to enforce that rule literally during planning, but that meant that the resulting plans were dependent on the current contents of the pg_user_mapping catalog, and we had to blow away all cached plans containing any remote join when anything at all changed in pg_user_mapping. This could have been improved somewhat, but the fact that a syscache inval callback has very limited info about what changed made it hard to do better within that design. Instead, let's change the planner to not consider user mappings per se, but to allow a foreign join if both RTEs have the same checkAsUser value. If they do, then they necessarily will use the same user mapping at runtime, and we don't need to know specifically which one that is. Post-plan-time changes in pg_user_mapping no longer require any plan invalidation. This rule does give up some optimization ability, to wit where two foreign table references come from views with different owners or one's from a view and one's directly in the query, but nonetheless the same user mapping would have applied. We'll sacrifice the first case, but to not regress more than we have to in the second case, allow a foreign join involving both zero and nonzero checkAsUser values if the nonzero one is the same as the prevailing effective userID. In that case, mark the plan as only runnable by that userID. The plancache code already had a notion of plans being userID-specific, in order to support RLS. It was a little confused though, in particular lacking clarity of thought as to whether it was the rewritten query or just the finished plan that's dependent on the userID. Rearrange that code so that it's clearer what depends on which, and so that the same logic applies to both RLS-injected role dependency and foreign-join-injected role dependency. Note that this patch doesn't remove the other issue mentioned in the original complaint, which is that while we'll reliably stop using a foreign join if it's disallowed in a new context, we might fail to start using a foreign join if it's now allowed, but we previously created a generic cached plan that didn't use one. It was agreed that the chance of winning that way was not high enough to justify the much larger number of plan invalidations that would have to occur if we tried to cause it to happen. In passing, clean up randomly-varying spelling of EXPLAIN commands in postgres_fdw.sql, and fix a COSTS ON example that had been allowed to leak into the committed tests. This reverts most of commits fbe5a3fb7 and 5d4171d1c, which were the previous attempt at ensuring we wouldn't push down foreign joins that span permissions contexts. Etsuro Fujita and Tom Lane Discussion: <d49c1e5b-f059-20f4-c132-e9752ee0113e@lab.ntt.co.jp>
2016-07-15 23:22:56 +02:00
bool dependsOnRole; /* is plan specific to current role? */
Determine whether it's safe to attempt a parallel plan for a query. Commit 924bcf4f16d54c55310b28f77686608684734f42 introduced a framework for parallel computation in PostgreSQL that makes most but not all built-in functions safe to execute in parallel mode. In order to have parallel query, we'll need to be able to determine whether that query contains functions (either built-in or user-defined) that cannot be safely executed in parallel mode. This requires those functions to be labeled, so this patch introduces an infrastructure for that. Some functions currently labeled as safe may need to be revised depending on how pending issues related to heavyweight locking under paralllelism are resolved. Parallel plans can't be used except for the case where the query will run to completion. If portal execution were suspended, the parallel mode restrictions would need to remain in effect during that time, but that might make other queries fail. Therefore, this patch introduces a framework that enables consideration of parallel plans only when it is known that the plan will be run to completion. This probably needs some refinement; for example, at bind time, we do not know whether a query run via the extended protocol will be execution to completion or run with a limited fetch count. Having the client indicate its intentions at bind time would constitute a wire protocol break. Some contexts in which parallel mode would be safe are not adjusted by this patch; the default is not to try parallel plans except from call sites that have been updated to say that such plans are OK. This commit doesn't introduce any parallel paths or plans; it just provides a way to determine whether they could potentially be used. I'm committing it on the theory that the remaining parallel sequential scan patches will also get committed to this release, hopefully in the not-too-distant future. Robert Haas and Amit Kapila. Reviewed (in earlier versions) by Noah Misch.
2015-09-16 21:38:47 +02:00
bool parallelModeOK; /* parallel mode potentially OK? */
Determine whether it's safe to attempt a parallel plan for a query. Commit 924bcf4f16d54c55310b28f77686608684734f42 introduced a framework for parallel computation in PostgreSQL that makes most but not all built-in functions safe to execute in parallel mode. In order to have parallel query, we'll need to be able to determine whether that query contains functions (either built-in or user-defined) that cannot be safely executed in parallel mode. This requires those functions to be labeled, so this patch introduces an infrastructure for that. Some functions currently labeled as safe may need to be revised depending on how pending issues related to heavyweight locking under paralllelism are resolved. Parallel plans can't be used except for the case where the query will run to completion. If portal execution were suspended, the parallel mode restrictions would need to remain in effect during that time, but that might make other queries fail. Therefore, this patch introduces a framework that enables consideration of parallel plans only when it is known that the plan will be run to completion. This probably needs some refinement; for example, at bind time, we do not know whether a query run via the extended protocol will be execution to completion or run with a limited fetch count. Having the client indicate its intentions at bind time would constitute a wire protocol break. Some contexts in which parallel mode would be safe are not adjusted by this patch; the default is not to try parallel plans except from call sites that have been updated to say that such plans are OK. This commit doesn't introduce any parallel paths or plans; it just provides a way to determine whether they could potentially be used. I'm committing it on the theory that the remaining parallel sequential scan patches will also get committed to this release, hopefully in the not-too-distant future. Robert Haas and Amit Kapila. Reviewed (in earlier versions) by Noah Misch.
2015-09-16 21:38:47 +02:00
Phase 2 of pgindent updates. Change pg_bsd_indent to follow upstream rules for placement of comments to the right of code, and remove pgindent hack that caused comments following #endif to not obey the general rule. Commit e3860ffa4dd0dad0dd9eea4be9cc1412373a8c89 wasn't actually using the published version of pg_bsd_indent, but a hacked-up version that tried to minimize the amount of movement of comments to the right of code. The situation of interest is where such a comment has to be moved to the right of its default placement at column 33 because there's code there. BSD indent has always moved right in units of tab stops in such cases --- but in the previous incarnation, indent was working in 8-space tab stops, while now it knows we use 4-space tabs. So the net result is that in about half the cases, such comments are placed one tab stop left of before. This is better all around: it leaves more room on the line for comment text, and it means that in such cases the comment uniformly starts at the next 4-space tab stop after the code, rather than sometimes one and sometimes two tabs after. Also, ensure that comments following #endif are indented the same as comments following other preprocessor commands such as #else. That inconsistency turns out to have been self-inflicted damage from a poorly-thought-through post-indent "fixup" in pgindent. This patch is much less interesting than the first round of indent changes, but also bulkier, so I thought it best to separate the effects. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1dAmxK-0006EE-1r@gemulon.postgresql.org Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/30527.1495162840@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-06-21 21:18:54 +02:00
bool parallelModeNeeded; /* parallel mode actually required? */
Phase 2 of pgindent updates. Change pg_bsd_indent to follow upstream rules for placement of comments to the right of code, and remove pgindent hack that caused comments following #endif to not obey the general rule. Commit e3860ffa4dd0dad0dd9eea4be9cc1412373a8c89 wasn't actually using the published version of pg_bsd_indent, but a hacked-up version that tried to minimize the amount of movement of comments to the right of code. The situation of interest is where such a comment has to be moved to the right of its default placement at column 33 because there's code there. BSD indent has always moved right in units of tab stops in such cases --- but in the previous incarnation, indent was working in 8-space tab stops, while now it knows we use 4-space tabs. So the net result is that in about half the cases, such comments are placed one tab stop left of before. This is better all around: it leaves more room on the line for comment text, and it means that in such cases the comment uniformly starts at the next 4-space tab stop after the code, rather than sometimes one and sometimes two tabs after. Also, ensure that comments following #endif are indented the same as comments following other preprocessor commands such as #else. That inconsistency turns out to have been self-inflicted damage from a poorly-thought-through post-indent "fixup" in pgindent. This patch is much less interesting than the first round of indent changes, but also bulkier, so I thought it best to separate the effects. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1dAmxK-0006EE-1r@gemulon.postgresql.org Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/30527.1495162840@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-06-21 21:18:54 +02:00
char maxParallelHazard; /* worst PROPARALLEL hazard level */
} PlannerGlobal;
/* macro for fetching the Plan associated with a SubPlan node */
#define planner_subplan_get_plan(root, subplan) \
((Plan *) list_nth((root)->glob->subplans, (subplan)->plan_id - 1))
/*----------
* PlannerInfo
* Per-query information for planning/optimization
*
* This struct is conventionally called "root" in all the planner routines.
* It holds links to all of the planner's working state, in addition to the
* original Query. Note that at present the planner extensively modifies
* the passed-in Query data structure; someday that should stop.
*
* For reasons explained in optimizer/optimizer.h, we define the typedef
* either here or in that header, whichever is read first.
*----------
*/
#ifndef HAVE_PLANNERINFO_TYPEDEF
typedef struct PlannerInfo PlannerInfo;
#define HAVE_PLANNERINFO_TYPEDEF 1
#endif
struct PlannerInfo
{
NodeTag type;
Query *parse; /* the Query being planned */
PlannerGlobal *glob; /* global info for current planner run */
Index query_level; /* 1 at the outermost Query */
PlannerInfo *parent_root; /* NULL at outermost Query */
/*
* plan_params contains the expressions that this query level needs to
* make available to a lower query level that is currently being planned.
* outer_params contains the paramIds of PARAM_EXEC Params that outer
* query levels will make available to this query level.
*/
Fix PARAM_EXEC assignment mechanism to be safe in the presence of WITH. The planner previously assumed that parameter Vars having the same absolute query level, varno, and varattno could safely be assigned the same runtime PARAM_EXEC slot, even though they might be different Vars appearing in different subqueries. This was (probably) safe before the introduction of CTEs, but the lazy-evalution mechanism used for CTEs means that a CTE can be executed during execution of some other subquery, causing the lifespan of Params at the same syntactic nesting level as the CTE to overlap with use of the same slots inside the CTE. In 9.1 we created additional hazards by using the same parameter-assignment technology for nestloop inner scan parameters, but it was broken before that, as illustrated by the added regression test. To fix, restructure the planner's management of PlannerParamItems so that items having different semantic lifespans are kept rigorously separated. This will probably result in complex queries using more runtime PARAM_EXEC slots than before, but the slots are cheap enough that this hardly matters. Also, stop generating PlannerParamItems containing Params for subquery outputs: all we really need to do is reserve the PARAM_EXEC slot number, and that now only takes incrementing a counter. The planning code is simpler and probably faster than before, as well as being more correct. Per report from Vik Reykja. These changes will mostly also need to be made in the back branches, but I'm going to hold off on that until after 9.2.0 wraps.
2012-09-05 18:54:03 +02:00
List *plan_params; /* list of PlannerParamItems, see below */
Bitmapset *outer_params;
Fix PARAM_EXEC assignment mechanism to be safe in the presence of WITH. The planner previously assumed that parameter Vars having the same absolute query level, varno, and varattno could safely be assigned the same runtime PARAM_EXEC slot, even though they might be different Vars appearing in different subqueries. This was (probably) safe before the introduction of CTEs, but the lazy-evalution mechanism used for CTEs means that a CTE can be executed during execution of some other subquery, causing the lifespan of Params at the same syntactic nesting level as the CTE to overlap with use of the same slots inside the CTE. In 9.1 we created additional hazards by using the same parameter-assignment technology for nestloop inner scan parameters, but it was broken before that, as illustrated by the added regression test. To fix, restructure the planner's management of PlannerParamItems so that items having different semantic lifespans are kept rigorously separated. This will probably result in complex queries using more runtime PARAM_EXEC slots than before, but the slots are cheap enough that this hardly matters. Also, stop generating PlannerParamItems containing Params for subquery outputs: all we really need to do is reserve the PARAM_EXEC slot number, and that now only takes incrementing a counter. The planning code is simpler and probably faster than before, as well as being more correct. Per report from Vik Reykja. These changes will mostly also need to be made in the back branches, but I'm going to hold off on that until after 9.2.0 wraps.
2012-09-05 18:54:03 +02:00
/*
* simple_rel_array holds pointers to "base rels" and "other rels" (see
* comments for RelOptInfo for more info). It is indexed by rangetable
2005-10-15 04:49:52 +02:00
* index (so entry 0 is always wasted). Entries can be NULL when an RTE
* does not correspond to a base relation, such as a join RTE or an
* unreferenced view RTE; or if the RelOptInfo hasn't been made yet.
*/
Phase 2 of pgindent updates. Change pg_bsd_indent to follow upstream rules for placement of comments to the right of code, and remove pgindent hack that caused comments following #endif to not obey the general rule. Commit e3860ffa4dd0dad0dd9eea4be9cc1412373a8c89 wasn't actually using the published version of pg_bsd_indent, but a hacked-up version that tried to minimize the amount of movement of comments to the right of code. The situation of interest is where such a comment has to be moved to the right of its default placement at column 33 because there's code there. BSD indent has always moved right in units of tab stops in such cases --- but in the previous incarnation, indent was working in 8-space tab stops, while now it knows we use 4-space tabs. So the net result is that in about half the cases, such comments are placed one tab stop left of before. This is better all around: it leaves more room on the line for comment text, and it means that in such cases the comment uniformly starts at the next 4-space tab stop after the code, rather than sometimes one and sometimes two tabs after. Also, ensure that comments following #endif are indented the same as comments following other preprocessor commands such as #else. That inconsistency turns out to have been self-inflicted damage from a poorly-thought-through post-indent "fixup" in pgindent. This patch is much less interesting than the first round of indent changes, but also bulkier, so I thought it best to separate the effects. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1dAmxK-0006EE-1r@gemulon.postgresql.org Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/30527.1495162840@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-06-21 21:18:54 +02:00
struct RelOptInfo **simple_rel_array; /* All 1-rel RelOptInfos */
2006-10-04 02:30:14 +02:00
int simple_rel_array_size; /* allocated size of array */
/*
* simple_rte_array is the same length as simple_rel_array and holds
* pointers to the associated rangetable entries. This lets us avoid
* rt_fetch(), which can be a bit slow once large inheritance sets have
* been expanded.
*/
2007-11-15 22:14:46 +01:00
RangeTblEntry **simple_rte_array; /* rangetable as an array */
/*
* append_rel_array is the same length as the above arrays, and holds
* pointers to the corresponding AppendRelInfo entry indexed by
* child_relid, or NULL if none. The array itself is not allocated if
* append_rel_list is empty.
*/
struct AppendRelInfo **append_rel_array;
/*
* all_baserels is a Relids set of all base relids (but not "other"
* relids) in the query; that is, the Relids identifier of the final join
Compute correct em_nullable_relids in get_eclass_for_sort_expr(). Bug #8591 from Claudio Freire demonstrates that get_eclass_for_sort_expr must be able to compute valid em_nullable_relids for any new equivalence class members it creates. I'd worried about this in the commit message for db9f0e1d9a4a0842c814a464cdc9758c3f20b96c, but claimed that it wasn't a problem because multi-member ECs should already exist when it runs. That is transparently wrong, though, because this function is also called by initialize_mergeclause_eclasses, which runs during deconstruct_jointree. The example given in the bug report (which the new regression test item is based upon) fails because the COALESCE() expression is first seen by initialize_mergeclause_eclasses rather than process_equivalence. Fixing this requires passing the appropriate nullable_relids set to get_eclass_for_sort_expr, and it requires new code to compute that set for top-level expressions such as ORDER BY, GROUP BY, etc. We store the top-level nullable_relids in a new field in PlannerInfo to avoid computing it many times. In the back branches, I've added the new field at the end of the struct to minimize ABI breakage for planner plugins. There doesn't seem to be a good alternative to changing get_eclass_for_sort_expr's API signature, though. There probably aren't any third-party extensions calling that function directly; moreover, if there are, they probably need to think about what to pass for nullable_relids anyway. Back-patch to 9.2, like the previous patch in this area.
2013-11-15 22:46:18 +01:00
* we need to form. This is computed in make_one_rel, just before we
* start making Paths.
*/
Relids all_baserels;
Compute correct em_nullable_relids in get_eclass_for_sort_expr(). Bug #8591 from Claudio Freire demonstrates that get_eclass_for_sort_expr must be able to compute valid em_nullable_relids for any new equivalence class members it creates. I'd worried about this in the commit message for db9f0e1d9a4a0842c814a464cdc9758c3f20b96c, but claimed that it wasn't a problem because multi-member ECs should already exist when it runs. That is transparently wrong, though, because this function is also called by initialize_mergeclause_eclasses, which runs during deconstruct_jointree. The example given in the bug report (which the new regression test item is based upon) fails because the COALESCE() expression is first seen by initialize_mergeclause_eclasses rather than process_equivalence. Fixing this requires passing the appropriate nullable_relids set to get_eclass_for_sort_expr, and it requires new code to compute that set for top-level expressions such as ORDER BY, GROUP BY, etc. We store the top-level nullable_relids in a new field in PlannerInfo to avoid computing it many times. In the back branches, I've added the new field at the end of the struct to minimize ABI breakage for planner plugins. There doesn't seem to be a good alternative to changing get_eclass_for_sort_expr's API signature, though. There probably aren't any third-party extensions calling that function directly; moreover, if there are, they probably need to think about what to pass for nullable_relids anyway. Back-patch to 9.2, like the previous patch in this area.
2013-11-15 22:46:18 +01:00
/*
* nullable_baserels is a Relids set of base relids that are nullable by
* some outer join in the jointree; these are rels that are potentially
* nullable below the WHERE clause, SELECT targetlist, etc. This is
* computed in deconstruct_jointree.
*/
Relids nullable_baserels;
/*
* join_rel_list is a list of all join-relation RelOptInfos we have
2005-10-15 04:49:52 +02:00
* considered in this planning run. For small problems we just scan the
* list to do lookups, but when there are many join relations we build a
* hash table for faster lookups. The hash table is present and valid
* when join_rel_hash is not NULL. Note that we still maintain the list
2005-10-15 04:49:52 +02:00
* even when using the hash table for lookups; this simplifies life for
* GEQO.
*/
List *join_rel_list; /* list of join-relation RelOptInfos */
2005-10-15 04:49:52 +02:00
struct HTAB *join_rel_hash; /* optional hashtable for join relations */
/*
* When doing a dynamic-programming-style join search, join_rel_level[k]
* is a list of all join-relation RelOptInfos of level k, and
2010-02-26 03:01:40 +01:00
* join_cur_level is the current level. New join-relation RelOptInfos are
* automatically added to the join_rel_level[join_cur_level] list.
* join_rel_level is NULL if not in use.
*/
2010-02-26 03:01:40 +01:00
List **join_rel_level; /* lists of join-relation RelOptInfos */
int join_cur_level; /* index of list being extended */
List *init_plans; /* init SubPlans for query */
List *cte_plan_ids; /* per-CTE-item list of subplan IDs */
Phase 2 of pgindent updates. Change pg_bsd_indent to follow upstream rules for placement of comments to the right of code, and remove pgindent hack that caused comments following #endif to not obey the general rule. Commit e3860ffa4dd0dad0dd9eea4be9cc1412373a8c89 wasn't actually using the published version of pg_bsd_indent, but a hacked-up version that tried to minimize the amount of movement of comments to the right of code. The situation of interest is where such a comment has to be moved to the right of its default placement at column 33 because there's code there. BSD indent has always moved right in units of tab stops in such cases --- but in the previous incarnation, indent was working in 8-space tab stops, while now it knows we use 4-space tabs. So the net result is that in about half the cases, such comments are placed one tab stop left of before. This is better all around: it leaves more room on the line for comment text, and it means that in such cases the comment uniformly starts at the next 4-space tab stop after the code, rather than sometimes one and sometimes two tabs after. Also, ensure that comments following #endif are indented the same as comments following other preprocessor commands such as #else. That inconsistency turns out to have been self-inflicted damage from a poorly-thought-through post-indent "fixup" in pgindent. This patch is much less interesting than the first round of indent changes, but also bulkier, so I thought it best to separate the effects. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1dAmxK-0006EE-1r@gemulon.postgresql.org Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/30527.1495162840@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-06-21 21:18:54 +02:00
List *multiexpr_params; /* List of Lists of Params for MULTIEXPR
* subquery outputs */
2007-11-15 22:14:46 +01:00
List *eq_classes; /* list of active EquivalenceClasses */
2007-11-15 22:14:46 +01:00
List *canon_pathkeys; /* list of "canonical" PathKeys */
Phase 2 of pgindent updates. Change pg_bsd_indent to follow upstream rules for placement of comments to the right of code, and remove pgindent hack that caused comments following #endif to not obey the general rule. Commit e3860ffa4dd0dad0dd9eea4be9cc1412373a8c89 wasn't actually using the published version of pg_bsd_indent, but a hacked-up version that tried to minimize the amount of movement of comments to the right of code. The situation of interest is where such a comment has to be moved to the right of its default placement at column 33 because there's code there. BSD indent has always moved right in units of tab stops in such cases --- but in the previous incarnation, indent was working in 8-space tab stops, while now it knows we use 4-space tabs. So the net result is that in about half the cases, such comments are placed one tab stop left of before. This is better all around: it leaves more room on the line for comment text, and it means that in such cases the comment uniformly starts at the next 4-space tab stop after the code, rather than sometimes one and sometimes two tabs after. Also, ensure that comments following #endif are indented the same as comments following other preprocessor commands such as #else. That inconsistency turns out to have been self-inflicted damage from a poorly-thought-through post-indent "fixup" in pgindent. This patch is much less interesting than the first round of indent changes, but also bulkier, so I thought it best to separate the effects. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1dAmxK-0006EE-1r@gemulon.postgresql.org Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/30527.1495162840@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-06-21 21:18:54 +02:00
List *left_join_clauses; /* list of RestrictInfos for mergejoinable
* outer join clauses w/nonnullable var on
* left */
Phase 2 of pgindent updates. Change pg_bsd_indent to follow upstream rules for placement of comments to the right of code, and remove pgindent hack that caused comments following #endif to not obey the general rule. Commit e3860ffa4dd0dad0dd9eea4be9cc1412373a8c89 wasn't actually using the published version of pg_bsd_indent, but a hacked-up version that tried to minimize the amount of movement of comments to the right of code. The situation of interest is where such a comment has to be moved to the right of its default placement at column 33 because there's code there. BSD indent has always moved right in units of tab stops in such cases --- but in the previous incarnation, indent was working in 8-space tab stops, while now it knows we use 4-space tabs. So the net result is that in about half the cases, such comments are placed one tab stop left of before. This is better all around: it leaves more room on the line for comment text, and it means that in such cases the comment uniformly starts at the next 4-space tab stop after the code, rather than sometimes one and sometimes two tabs after. Also, ensure that comments following #endif are indented the same as comments following other preprocessor commands such as #else. That inconsistency turns out to have been self-inflicted damage from a poorly-thought-through post-indent "fixup" in pgindent. This patch is much less interesting than the first round of indent changes, but also bulkier, so I thought it best to separate the effects. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1dAmxK-0006EE-1r@gemulon.postgresql.org Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/30527.1495162840@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-06-21 21:18:54 +02:00
List *right_join_clauses; /* list of RestrictInfos for mergejoinable
* outer join clauses w/nonnullable var on
* right */
Phase 2 of pgindent updates. Change pg_bsd_indent to follow upstream rules for placement of comments to the right of code, and remove pgindent hack that caused comments following #endif to not obey the general rule. Commit e3860ffa4dd0dad0dd9eea4be9cc1412373a8c89 wasn't actually using the published version of pg_bsd_indent, but a hacked-up version that tried to minimize the amount of movement of comments to the right of code. The situation of interest is where such a comment has to be moved to the right of its default placement at column 33 because there's code there. BSD indent has always moved right in units of tab stops in such cases --- but in the previous incarnation, indent was working in 8-space tab stops, while now it knows we use 4-space tabs. So the net result is that in about half the cases, such comments are placed one tab stop left of before. This is better all around: it leaves more room on the line for comment text, and it means that in such cases the comment uniformly starts at the next 4-space tab stop after the code, rather than sometimes one and sometimes two tabs after. Also, ensure that comments following #endif are indented the same as comments following other preprocessor commands such as #else. That inconsistency turns out to have been self-inflicted damage from a poorly-thought-through post-indent "fixup" in pgindent. This patch is much less interesting than the first round of indent changes, but also bulkier, so I thought it best to separate the effects. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1dAmxK-0006EE-1r@gemulon.postgresql.org Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/30527.1495162840@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-06-21 21:18:54 +02:00
List *full_join_clauses; /* list of RestrictInfos for mergejoinable
* full join clauses */
List *join_info_list; /* list of SpecialJoinInfos */
2006-10-04 02:30:14 +02:00
List *append_rel_list; /* list of AppendRelInfos */
List *rowMarks; /* list of PlanRowMarks */
Phase 2 of pgindent updates. Change pg_bsd_indent to follow upstream rules for placement of comments to the right of code, and remove pgindent hack that caused comments following #endif to not obey the general rule. Commit e3860ffa4dd0dad0dd9eea4be9cc1412373a8c89 wasn't actually using the published version of pg_bsd_indent, but a hacked-up version that tried to minimize the amount of movement of comments to the right of code. The situation of interest is where such a comment has to be moved to the right of its default placement at column 33 because there's code there. BSD indent has always moved right in units of tab stops in such cases --- but in the previous incarnation, indent was working in 8-space tab stops, while now it knows we use 4-space tabs. So the net result is that in about half the cases, such comments are placed one tab stop left of before. This is better all around: it leaves more room on the line for comment text, and it means that in such cases the comment uniformly starts at the next 4-space tab stop after the code, rather than sometimes one and sometimes two tabs after. Also, ensure that comments following #endif are indented the same as comments following other preprocessor commands such as #else. That inconsistency turns out to have been self-inflicted damage from a poorly-thought-through post-indent "fixup" in pgindent. This patch is much less interesting than the first round of indent changes, but also bulkier, so I thought it best to separate the effects. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1dAmxK-0006EE-1r@gemulon.postgresql.org Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/30527.1495162840@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-06-21 21:18:54 +02:00
List *placeholder_list; /* list of PlaceHolderInfos */
List *fkey_list; /* list of ForeignKeyOptInfos */
Make the upper part of the planner work by generating and comparing Paths. I've been saying we needed to do this for more than five years, and here it finally is. This patch removes the ever-growing tangle of spaghetti logic that grouping_planner() used to use to try to identify the best plan for post-scan/join query steps. Now, there is (nearly) independent consideration of each execution step, and entirely separate construction of Paths to represent each of the possible ways to do that step. We choose the best Path or set of Paths using the same add_path() logic that's been used inside query_planner() for years. In addition, this patch removes the old restriction that subquery_planner() could return only a single Plan. It now returns a RelOptInfo containing a set of Paths, just as query_planner() does, and the parent query level can use each of those Paths as the basis of a SubqueryScanPath at its level. This allows finding some optimizations that we missed before, wherein a subquery was capable of returning presorted data and thereby avoiding a sort in the parent level, making the overall cost cheaper even though delivering sorted output was not the cheapest plan for the subquery in isolation. (A couple of regression test outputs change in consequence of that. However, there is very little change in visible planner behavior overall, because the point of this patch is not to get immediate planning benefits but to create the infrastructure for future improvements.) There is a great deal left to do here. This patch unblocks a lot of planner work that was basically impractical in the old code structure, such as allowing FDWs to implement remote aggregation, or rewriting plan_set_operations() to allow consideration of multiple implementation orders for set operations. (The latter will likely require a full rewrite of plan_set_operations(); what I've done here is only to fix it to return Paths not Plans.) I have also left unfinished some localized refactoring in createplan.c and planner.c, because it was not necessary to get this patch to a working state. Thanks to Robert Haas, David Rowley, and Amit Kapila for review.
2016-03-07 21:58:22 +01:00
List *query_pathkeys; /* desired pathkeys for query_planner() */
List *group_pathkeys; /* groupClause pathkeys, if any */
List *window_pathkeys; /* pathkeys of bottom window, if any */
Phase 2 of pgindent updates. Change pg_bsd_indent to follow upstream rules for placement of comments to the right of code, and remove pgindent hack that caused comments following #endif to not obey the general rule. Commit e3860ffa4dd0dad0dd9eea4be9cc1412373a8c89 wasn't actually using the published version of pg_bsd_indent, but a hacked-up version that tried to minimize the amount of movement of comments to the right of code. The situation of interest is where such a comment has to be moved to the right of its default placement at column 33 because there's code there. BSD indent has always moved right in units of tab stops in such cases --- but in the previous incarnation, indent was working in 8-space tab stops, while now it knows we use 4-space tabs. So the net result is that in about half the cases, such comments are placed one tab stop left of before. This is better all around: it leaves more room on the line for comment text, and it means that in such cases the comment uniformly starts at the next 4-space tab stop after the code, rather than sometimes one and sometimes two tabs after. Also, ensure that comments following #endif are indented the same as comments following other preprocessor commands such as #else. That inconsistency turns out to have been self-inflicted damage from a poorly-thought-through post-indent "fixup" in pgindent. This patch is much less interesting than the first round of indent changes, but also bulkier, so I thought it best to separate the effects. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1dAmxK-0006EE-1r@gemulon.postgresql.org Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/30527.1495162840@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-06-21 21:18:54 +02:00
List *distinct_pathkeys; /* distinctClause pathkeys, if any */
List *sort_pathkeys; /* sortClause pathkeys, if any */
List *part_schemes; /* Canonicalised partition schemes used in the
* query. */
List *initial_rels; /* RelOptInfos we are now trying to join */
Make the upper part of the planner work by generating and comparing Paths. I've been saying we needed to do this for more than five years, and here it finally is. This patch removes the ever-growing tangle of spaghetti logic that grouping_planner() used to use to try to identify the best plan for post-scan/join query steps. Now, there is (nearly) independent consideration of each execution step, and entirely separate construction of Paths to represent each of the possible ways to do that step. We choose the best Path or set of Paths using the same add_path() logic that's been used inside query_planner() for years. In addition, this patch removes the old restriction that subquery_planner() could return only a single Plan. It now returns a RelOptInfo containing a set of Paths, just as query_planner() does, and the parent query level can use each of those Paths as the basis of a SubqueryScanPath at its level. This allows finding some optimizations that we missed before, wherein a subquery was capable of returning presorted data and thereby avoiding a sort in the parent level, making the overall cost cheaper even though delivering sorted output was not the cheapest plan for the subquery in isolation. (A couple of regression test outputs change in consequence of that. However, there is very little change in visible planner behavior overall, because the point of this patch is not to get immediate planning benefits but to create the infrastructure for future improvements.) There is a great deal left to do here. This patch unblocks a lot of planner work that was basically impractical in the old code structure, such as allowing FDWs to implement remote aggregation, or rewriting plan_set_operations() to allow consideration of multiple implementation orders for set operations. (The latter will likely require a full rewrite of plan_set_operations(); what I've done here is only to fix it to return Paths not Plans.) I have also left unfinished some localized refactoring in createplan.c and planner.c, because it was not necessary to get this patch to a working state. Thanks to Robert Haas, David Rowley, and Amit Kapila for review.
2016-03-07 21:58:22 +01:00
/* Use fetch_upper_rel() to get any particular upper rel */
List *upper_rels[UPPERREL_FINAL + 1]; /* upper-rel RelOptInfos */
/* Result tlists chosen by grouping_planner for upper-stage processing */
struct PathTarget *upper_targets[UPPERREL_FINAL + 1];
Make the upper part of the planner work by generating and comparing Paths. I've been saying we needed to do this for more than five years, and here it finally is. This patch removes the ever-growing tangle of spaghetti logic that grouping_planner() used to use to try to identify the best plan for post-scan/join query steps. Now, there is (nearly) independent consideration of each execution step, and entirely separate construction of Paths to represent each of the possible ways to do that step. We choose the best Path or set of Paths using the same add_path() logic that's been used inside query_planner() for years. In addition, this patch removes the old restriction that subquery_planner() could return only a single Plan. It now returns a RelOptInfo containing a set of Paths, just as query_planner() does, and the parent query level can use each of those Paths as the basis of a SubqueryScanPath at its level. This allows finding some optimizations that we missed before, wherein a subquery was capable of returning presorted data and thereby avoiding a sort in the parent level, making the overall cost cheaper even though delivering sorted output was not the cheapest plan for the subquery in isolation. (A couple of regression test outputs change in consequence of that. However, there is very little change in visible planner behavior overall, because the point of this patch is not to get immediate planning benefits but to create the infrastructure for future improvements.) There is a great deal left to do here. This patch unblocks a lot of planner work that was basically impractical in the old code structure, such as allowing FDWs to implement remote aggregation, or rewriting plan_set_operations() to allow consideration of multiple implementation orders for set operations. (The latter will likely require a full rewrite of plan_set_operations(); what I've done here is only to fix it to return Paths not Plans.) I have also left unfinished some localized refactoring in createplan.c and planner.c, because it was not necessary to get this patch to a working state. Thanks to Robert Haas, David Rowley, and Amit Kapila for review.
2016-03-07 21:58:22 +01:00
/*
* grouping_planner passes back its final processed targetlist here, for
* use in relabeling the topmost tlist of the finished Plan.
*/
List *processed_tlist;
/* Fields filled during create_plan() for use in setrefs.c */
AttrNumber *grouping_map; /* for GroupingFunc fixup */
List *minmax_aggs; /* List of MinMaxAggInfos */
MemoryContext planner_cxt; /* context holding PlannerInfo */
double total_table_pages; /* # of pages in all non-dummy tables of
* query */
2005-10-15 04:49:52 +02:00
double tuple_fraction; /* tuple_fraction passed to query_planner */
double limit_tuples; /* limit_tuples passed to query_planner */
Improve RLS planning by marking individual quals with security levels. In an RLS query, we must ensure that security filter quals are evaluated before ordinary query quals, in case the latter contain "leaky" functions that could expose the contents of sensitive rows. The original implementation of RLS planning ensured this by pushing the scan of a secured table into a sub-query that it marked as a security-barrier view. Unfortunately this results in very inefficient plans in many cases, because the sub-query cannot be flattened and gets planned independently of the rest of the query. To fix, drop the use of sub-queries to enforce RLS qual order, and instead mark each qual (RestrictInfo) with a security_level field establishing its priority for evaluation. Quals must be evaluated in security_level order, except that "leakproof" quals can be allowed to go ahead of quals of lower security_level, if it's helpful to do so. This has to be enforced within the ordering of any one list of quals to be evaluated at a table scan node, and we also have to ensure that quals are not chosen for early evaluation (i.e., use as an index qual or TID scan qual) if they're not allowed to go ahead of other quals at the scan node. This is sufficient to fix the problem for RLS quals, since we only support RLS policies on simple tables and thus RLS quals will always exist at the table scan level only. Eventually these qual ordering rules should be enforced for join quals as well, which would permit improving planning for explicit security-barrier views; but that's a task for another patch. Note that FDWs would need to be aware of these rules --- and not, for example, send an insecure qual for remote execution --- but since we do not yet allow RLS policies on foreign tables, the case doesn't arise. This will need to be addressed before we can allow such policies. Patch by me, reviewed by Stephen Frost and Dean Rasheed. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8185.1477432701@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-01-18 18:58:20 +01:00
Index qual_security_level; /* minimum security_level for quals */
/* Note: qual_security_level is zero if there are no securityQuals */
InheritanceKind inhTargetKind; /* indicates if the target relation is an
* inheritance child or partition or a
* partitioned table */
bool hasJoinRTEs; /* true if any RTEs are RTE_JOIN kind */
bool hasLateralRTEs; /* true if any RTEs are marked LATERAL */
bool hasHavingQual; /* true if havingQual was non-null */
2006-10-04 02:30:14 +02:00
bool hasPseudoConstantQuals; /* true if any RestrictInfo has
* pseudoconstant = true */
bool hasRecursion; /* true if planning a recursive WITH item */
/* These fields are used only when hasRecursion is true: */
int wt_param_id; /* PARAM_EXEC ID for the work table */
Make the upper part of the planner work by generating and comparing Paths. I've been saying we needed to do this for more than five years, and here it finally is. This patch removes the ever-growing tangle of spaghetti logic that grouping_planner() used to use to try to identify the best plan for post-scan/join query steps. Now, there is (nearly) independent consideration of each execution step, and entirely separate construction of Paths to represent each of the possible ways to do that step. We choose the best Path or set of Paths using the same add_path() logic that's been used inside query_planner() for years. In addition, this patch removes the old restriction that subquery_planner() could return only a single Plan. It now returns a RelOptInfo containing a set of Paths, just as query_planner() does, and the parent query level can use each of those Paths as the basis of a SubqueryScanPath at its level. This allows finding some optimizations that we missed before, wherein a subquery was capable of returning presorted data and thereby avoiding a sort in the parent level, making the overall cost cheaper even though delivering sorted output was not the cheapest plan for the subquery in isolation. (A couple of regression test outputs change in consequence of that. However, there is very little change in visible planner behavior overall, because the point of this patch is not to get immediate planning benefits but to create the infrastructure for future improvements.) There is a great deal left to do here. This patch unblocks a lot of planner work that was basically impractical in the old code structure, such as allowing FDWs to implement remote aggregation, or rewriting plan_set_operations() to allow consideration of multiple implementation orders for set operations. (The latter will likely require a full rewrite of plan_set_operations(); what I've done here is only to fix it to return Paths not Plans.) I have also left unfinished some localized refactoring in createplan.c and planner.c, because it was not necessary to get this patch to a working state. Thanks to Robert Haas, David Rowley, and Amit Kapila for review.
2016-03-07 21:58:22 +01:00
struct Path *non_recursive_path; /* a path for non-recursive term */
/* These fields are workspace for createplan.c */
2011-04-10 17:42:00 +02:00
Relids curOuterRels; /* outer rels above current node */
List *curOuterParams; /* not-yet-assigned NestLoopParams */
/* optional private data for join_search_hook, e.g., GEQO */
void *join_search_private;
/* Does this query modify any partition key columns? */
bool partColsUpdated;
};
/*
* In places where it's known that simple_rte_array[] must have been prepared
* already, we just index into it to fetch RTEs. In code that might be
* executed before or after entering query_planner(), use this macro.
*/
#define planner_rt_fetch(rti, root) \
((root)->simple_rte_array ? (root)->simple_rte_array[rti] : \
rt_fetch(rti, (root)->parse->rtable))
/*
* If multiple relations are partitioned the same way, all such partitions
* will have a pointer to the same PartitionScheme. A list of PartitionScheme
* objects is attached to the PlannerInfo. By design, the partition scheme
* incorporates only the general properties of the partition method (LIST vs.
* RANGE, number of partitioning columns and the type information for each)
* and not the specific bounds.
*
* We store the opclass-declared input data types instead of the partition key
* datatypes since the former rather than the latter are used to compare
* partition bounds. Since partition key data types and the opclass declared
* input data types are expected to be binary compatible (per ResolveOpClass),
* both of those should have same byval and length properties.
*/
typedef struct PartitionSchemeData
{
char strategy; /* partition strategy */
int16 partnatts; /* number of partition attributes */
Oid *partopfamily; /* OIDs of operator families */
Oid *partopcintype; /* OIDs of opclass declared input data types */
Oid *partcollation; /* OIDs of partitioning collations */
/* Cached information about partition key data types. */
int16 *parttyplen;
bool *parttypbyval;
/* Cached information about partition comparison functions. */
FmgrInfo *partsupfunc;
} PartitionSchemeData;
typedef struct PartitionSchemeData *PartitionScheme;
/*----------
1998-07-18 06:22:52 +02:00
* RelOptInfo
* Per-relation information for planning/optimization
*
* For planning purposes, a "base rel" is either a plain relation (a table)
* or the output of a sub-SELECT or function that appears in the range table.
* In either case it is uniquely identified by an RT index. A "joinrel"
* is the joining of two or more base rels. A joinrel is identified by
* the set of RT indexes for its component baserels. We create RelOptInfo
* nodes for each baserel and joinrel, and store them in the PlannerInfo's
* simple_rel_array and join_rel_list respectively.
*
* Note that there is only one joinrel for any given set of component
* baserels, no matter what order we assemble them in; so an unordered
* set is the right datatype to identify it with.
*
* We also have "other rels", which are like base rels in that they refer to
* single RT indexes; but they are not part of the join tree, and are given
Make the upper part of the planner work by generating and comparing Paths. I've been saying we needed to do this for more than five years, and here it finally is. This patch removes the ever-growing tangle of spaghetti logic that grouping_planner() used to use to try to identify the best plan for post-scan/join query steps. Now, there is (nearly) independent consideration of each execution step, and entirely separate construction of Paths to represent each of the possible ways to do that step. We choose the best Path or set of Paths using the same add_path() logic that's been used inside query_planner() for years. In addition, this patch removes the old restriction that subquery_planner() could return only a single Plan. It now returns a RelOptInfo containing a set of Paths, just as query_planner() does, and the parent query level can use each of those Paths as the basis of a SubqueryScanPath at its level. This allows finding some optimizations that we missed before, wherein a subquery was capable of returning presorted data and thereby avoiding a sort in the parent level, making the overall cost cheaper even though delivering sorted output was not the cheapest plan for the subquery in isolation. (A couple of regression test outputs change in consequence of that. However, there is very little change in visible planner behavior overall, because the point of this patch is not to get immediate planning benefits but to create the infrastructure for future improvements.) There is a great deal left to do here. This patch unblocks a lot of planner work that was basically impractical in the old code structure, such as allowing FDWs to implement remote aggregation, or rewriting plan_set_operations() to allow consideration of multiple implementation orders for set operations. (The latter will likely require a full rewrite of plan_set_operations(); what I've done here is only to fix it to return Paths not Plans.) I have also left unfinished some localized refactoring in createplan.c and planner.c, because it was not necessary to get this patch to a working state. Thanks to Robert Haas, David Rowley, and Amit Kapila for review.
2016-03-07 21:58:22 +01:00
* a different RelOptKind to identify them.
* Currently the only kind of otherrels are those made for member relations
* of an "append relation", that is an inheritance set or UNION ALL subquery.
* An append relation has a parent RTE that is a base rel, which represents
* the entire append relation. The member RTEs are otherrels. The parent
* is present in the query join tree but the members are not. The member
* RTEs and otherrels are used to plan the scans of the individual tables or
* subqueries of the append set; then the parent baserel is given Append
* and/or MergeAppend paths comprising the best paths for the individual
* member rels. (See comments for AppendRelInfo for more information.)
*
* At one time we also made otherrels to represent join RTEs, for use in
* handling join alias Vars. Currently this is not needed because all join
* alias Vars are expanded to non-aliased form during preprocess_expression.
*
Basic partition-wise join functionality. Instead of joining two partitioned tables in their entirety we can, if it is an equi-join on the partition keys, join the matching partitions individually. This involves teaching the planner about "other join" rels, which are related to regular join rels in the same way that other member rels are related to baserels. This can use significantly more CPU time and memory than regular join planning, because there may now be a set of "other" rels not only for every base relation but also for every join relation. In most practical cases, this probably shouldn't be a problem, because (1) it's probably unusual to join many tables each with many partitions using the partition keys for all joins and (2) if you do that scenario then you probably have a big enough machine to handle the increased memory cost of planning and (3) the resulting plan is highly likely to be better, so what you spend in planning you'll make up on the execution side. All the same, for now, turn this feature off by default. Currently, we can only perform joins between two tables whose partitioning schemes are absolutely identical. It would be nice to cope with other scenarios, such as extra partitions on one side or the other with no match on the other side, but that will have to wait for a future patch. Ashutosh Bapat, reviewed and tested by Rajkumar Raghuwanshi, Amit Langote, Rafia Sabih, Thomas Munro, Dilip Kumar, Antonin Houska, Amit Khandekar, and by me. A few final adjustments by me. Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAFjFpRfQ8GrQvzp3jA2wnLqrHmaXna-urjm_UY9BqXj=EaDTSA@mail.gmail.com Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAFjFpRcitjfrULr5jfuKWRPsGUX0LQ0k8-yG0Qw2+1LBGNpMdw@mail.gmail.com
2017-10-06 17:11:10 +02:00
* We also have relations representing joins between child relations of
* different partitioned tables. These relations are not added to
* join_rel_level lists as they are not joined directly by the dynamic
* programming algorithm.
*
Make the upper part of the planner work by generating and comparing Paths. I've been saying we needed to do this for more than five years, and here it finally is. This patch removes the ever-growing tangle of spaghetti logic that grouping_planner() used to use to try to identify the best plan for post-scan/join query steps. Now, there is (nearly) independent consideration of each execution step, and entirely separate construction of Paths to represent each of the possible ways to do that step. We choose the best Path or set of Paths using the same add_path() logic that's been used inside query_planner() for years. In addition, this patch removes the old restriction that subquery_planner() could return only a single Plan. It now returns a RelOptInfo containing a set of Paths, just as query_planner() does, and the parent query level can use each of those Paths as the basis of a SubqueryScanPath at its level. This allows finding some optimizations that we missed before, wherein a subquery was capable of returning presorted data and thereby avoiding a sort in the parent level, making the overall cost cheaper even though delivering sorted output was not the cheapest plan for the subquery in isolation. (A couple of regression test outputs change in consequence of that. However, there is very little change in visible planner behavior overall, because the point of this patch is not to get immediate planning benefits but to create the infrastructure for future improvements.) There is a great deal left to do here. This patch unblocks a lot of planner work that was basically impractical in the old code structure, such as allowing FDWs to implement remote aggregation, or rewriting plan_set_operations() to allow consideration of multiple implementation orders for set operations. (The latter will likely require a full rewrite of plan_set_operations(); what I've done here is only to fix it to return Paths not Plans.) I have also left unfinished some localized refactoring in createplan.c and planner.c, because it was not necessary to get this patch to a working state. Thanks to Robert Haas, David Rowley, and Amit Kapila for review.
2016-03-07 21:58:22 +01:00
* There is also a RelOptKind for "upper" relations, which are RelOptInfos
* that describe post-scan/join processing steps, such as aggregation.
* Many of the fields in these RelOptInfos are meaningless, but their Path
* fields always hold Paths showing ways to do that processing step.
*
* Lastly, there is a RelOptKind for "dead" relations, which are base rels
* that we have proven we don't need to join after all.
*
* Parts of this data structure are specific to various scan and join
* mechanisms. It didn't seem worth creating new node types for them.
*
* relids - Set of base-relation identifiers; it is a base relation
* if there is just one, a join relation if more than one
* rows - estimated number of tuples in the relation after restriction
* clauses have been applied (ie, output rows of a plan for it)
Fix planner's cost estimation for SEMI/ANTI joins with inner indexscans. When the inner side of a nestloop SEMI or ANTI join is an indexscan that uses all the join clauses as indexquals, it can be presumed that both matched and unmatched outer rows will be processed very quickly: for matched rows, we'll stop after fetching one row from the indexscan, while for unmatched rows we'll have an indexscan that finds no matching index entries, which should also be quick. The planner already knew about this, but it was nonetheless charging for at least one full run of the inner indexscan, as a consequence of concerns about the behavior of materialized inner scans --- but those concerns don't apply in the fast case. If the inner side has low cardinality (many matching rows) this could make an indexscan plan look far more expensive than it actually is. To fix, rearrange the work in initial_cost_nestloop/final_cost_nestloop so that we don't add the inner scan cost until we've inspected the indexquals, and then we can add either the full-run cost or just the first tuple's cost as appropriate. Experimentation with this fix uncovered another problem: add_path and friends were coded to disregard cheap startup cost when considering parameterized paths. That's usually okay (and desirable, because it thins the path herd faster); but in this fast case for SEMI/ANTI joins, it could result in throwing away the desired plain indexscan path in favor of a bitmap scan path before we ever get to the join costing logic. In the many-matching-rows cases of interest here, a bitmap scan will do a lot more work than required, so this is a problem. To fix, add a per-relation flag consider_param_startup that works like the existing consider_startup flag, but applies to parameterized paths, and set it for relations that are the inside of a SEMI or ANTI join. To make this patch reasonably safe to back-patch, care has been taken to avoid changing the planner's behavior except in the very narrow case of SEMI/ANTI joins with inner indexscans. There are places in compare_path_costs_fuzzily and add_path_precheck that are not terribly consistent with the new approach, but changing them will affect planner decisions at the margins in other cases, so we'll leave that for a HEAD-only fix. Back-patch to 9.3; before that, the consider_startup flag didn't exist, meaning that the second aspect of the patch would be too invasive. Per a complaint from Peter Holzer and analysis by Tomas Vondra.
2015-06-03 17:58:47 +02:00
* consider_startup - true if there is any value in keeping plain paths for
* this rel on the basis of having cheap startup cost
Fix planner's cost estimation for SEMI/ANTI joins with inner indexscans. When the inner side of a nestloop SEMI or ANTI join is an indexscan that uses all the join clauses as indexquals, it can be presumed that both matched and unmatched outer rows will be processed very quickly: for matched rows, we'll stop after fetching one row from the indexscan, while for unmatched rows we'll have an indexscan that finds no matching index entries, which should also be quick. The planner already knew about this, but it was nonetheless charging for at least one full run of the inner indexscan, as a consequence of concerns about the behavior of materialized inner scans --- but those concerns don't apply in the fast case. If the inner side has low cardinality (many matching rows) this could make an indexscan plan look far more expensive than it actually is. To fix, rearrange the work in initial_cost_nestloop/final_cost_nestloop so that we don't add the inner scan cost until we've inspected the indexquals, and then we can add either the full-run cost or just the first tuple's cost as appropriate. Experimentation with this fix uncovered another problem: add_path and friends were coded to disregard cheap startup cost when considering parameterized paths. That's usually okay (and desirable, because it thins the path herd faster); but in this fast case for SEMI/ANTI joins, it could result in throwing away the desired plain indexscan path in favor of a bitmap scan path before we ever get to the join costing logic. In the many-matching-rows cases of interest here, a bitmap scan will do a lot more work than required, so this is a problem. To fix, add a per-relation flag consider_param_startup that works like the existing consider_startup flag, but applies to parameterized paths, and set it for relations that are the inside of a SEMI or ANTI join. To make this patch reasonably safe to back-patch, care has been taken to avoid changing the planner's behavior except in the very narrow case of SEMI/ANTI joins with inner indexscans. There are places in compare_path_costs_fuzzily and add_path_precheck that are not terribly consistent with the new approach, but changing them will affect planner decisions at the margins in other cases, so we'll leave that for a HEAD-only fix. Back-patch to 9.3; before that, the consider_startup flag didn't exist, meaning that the second aspect of the patch would be too invasive. Per a complaint from Peter Holzer and analysis by Tomas Vondra.
2015-06-03 17:58:47 +02:00
* consider_param_startup - the same for parameterized paths
Add an explicit representation of the output targetlist to Paths. Up to now, there's been an assumption that all Paths for a given relation compute the same output column set (targetlist). However, there are good reasons to remove that assumption. For example, an indexscan on an expression index might be able to return the value of an expensive function "for free". While we have the ability to generate such a plan today in simple cases, we don't have a way to model that it's cheaper than a plan that computes the function from scratch, nor a way to create such a plan in join cases (where the function computation would normally happen at the topmost join node). Also, we need this so that we can have Paths representing post-scan/join steps, where the targetlist may well change from one step to the next. Therefore, invent a "struct PathTarget" representing the columns we expect a plan step to emit. It's convenient to include the output tuple width and tlist evaluation cost in this struct, and there will likely be additional fields in future. While Path nodes that actually do have custom outputs will need their own PathTargets, it will still be true that most Paths for a given relation will compute the same tlist. To reduce the overhead added by this patch, keep a "default PathTarget" in RelOptInfo, and allow Paths that compute that column set to just point to their parent RelOptInfo's reltarget. (In the patch as committed, actually every Path is like that, since we do not yet have any cases of custom PathTargets.) I took this opportunity to provide some more-honest costing of PlaceHolderVar evaluation. Up to now, the assumption that "scan/join reltargetlists have cost zero" was applied not only to Vars, where it's reasonable, but also PlaceHolderVars where it isn't. Now, we add the eval cost of a PlaceHolderVar's expression to the first plan level where it can be computed, by including it in the PathTarget cost field and adding that to the cost estimates for Paths. This isn't perfect yet but it's much better than before, and there is a way forward to improve it more. This costing change affects the join order chosen for a couple of the regression tests, changing expected row ordering.
2016-02-19 02:01:49 +01:00
* reltarget - Default Path output tlist for this rel; normally contains
* Var and PlaceHolderVar nodes for the values we need to
* output from this relation.
* List is in no particular order, but all rels of an
* appendrel set must use corresponding orders.
* NOTE: in an appendrel child relation, may contain
* arbitrary expressions pulled up from a subquery!
* pathlist - List of Path nodes, one for each potentially useful
* method of generating the relation
Revise parameterized-path mechanism to fix assorted issues. This patch adjusts the treatment of parameterized paths so that all paths with the same parameterization (same set of required outer rels) for the same relation will have the same rowcount estimate. We cache the rowcount estimates to ensure that property, and hopefully save a few cycles too. Doing this makes it practical for add_path_precheck to operate without a rowcount estimate: it need only assume that paths with different parameterizations never dominate each other, which is close enough to true anyway for coarse filtering, because normally a more-parameterized path should yield fewer rows thanks to having more join clauses to apply. In add_path, we do the full nine yards of comparing rowcount estimates along with everything else, so that we can discard parameterized paths that don't actually have an advantage. This fixes some issues I'd found with add_path rejecting parameterized paths on the grounds that they were more expensive than not-parameterized ones, even though they yielded many fewer rows and hence would be cheaper once subsequent joining was considered. To make the same-rowcounts assumption valid, we have to require that any parameterized path enforce *all* join clauses that could be obtained from the particular set of outer rels, even if not all of them are useful for indexing. This is required at both base scans and joins. It's a good thing anyway since the net impact is that join quals are checked at the lowest practical level in the join tree. Hence, discard the original rather ad-hoc mechanism for choosing parameterization joinquals, and build a better one that has a more principled rule for when clauses can be moved. The original rule was actually buggy anyway for lack of knowledge about which relations are part of an outer join's outer side; getting this right requires adding an outer_relids field to RestrictInfo.
2012-04-19 21:52:46 +02:00
* ppilist - ParamPathInfo nodes for parameterized Paths, if any
* cheapest_startup_path - the pathlist member with lowest startup cost
Adjust definition of cheapest_total_path to work better with LATERAL. In the initial cut at LATERAL, I kept the rule that cheapest_total_path was always unparameterized, which meant it had to be NULL if the relation has no unparameterized paths. It turns out to work much more nicely if we always have *some* path nominated as cheapest-total for each relation. In particular, let's still say it's the cheapest unparameterized path if there is one; if not, take the cheapest-total-cost path among those of the minimum available parameterization. (The first rule is actually a special case of the second.) This allows reversion of some temporary lobotomizations I'd put in place. In particular, the planner can now consider hash and merge joins for joins below a parameter-supplying nestloop, even if there aren't any unparameterized paths available. This should bring planning of LATERAL-containing queries to the same level as queries not using that feature. Along the way, simplify management of parameterized paths in add_path() and friends. In the original coding for parameterized paths in 9.2, I tried to minimize the logic changes in add_path(), so it just treated parameterization as yet another dimension of comparison for paths. We later made it ignore pathkeys (sort ordering) of parameterized paths, on the grounds that ordering isn't a useful property for the path on the inside of a nestloop, so we might as well get rid of useless parameterized paths as quickly as possible. But we didn't take that reasoning as far as we should have. Startup cost isn't a useful property inside a nestloop either, so add_path() ought to discount startup cost of parameterized paths as well. Having done that, the secondary sorting I'd implemented (in add_parameterized_path) is no longer needed --- any parameterized path that survives add_path() at all is worth considering at higher levels. So this should be a bit faster as well as simpler.
2012-08-30 04:05:27 +02:00
* (regardless of ordering) among the unparameterized paths;
* or NULL if there is no unparameterized path
* cheapest_total_path - the pathlist member with lowest total cost
Adjust definition of cheapest_total_path to work better with LATERAL. In the initial cut at LATERAL, I kept the rule that cheapest_total_path was always unparameterized, which meant it had to be NULL if the relation has no unparameterized paths. It turns out to work much more nicely if we always have *some* path nominated as cheapest-total for each relation. In particular, let's still say it's the cheapest unparameterized path if there is one; if not, take the cheapest-total-cost path among those of the minimum available parameterization. (The first rule is actually a special case of the second.) This allows reversion of some temporary lobotomizations I'd put in place. In particular, the planner can now consider hash and merge joins for joins below a parameter-supplying nestloop, even if there aren't any unparameterized paths available. This should bring planning of LATERAL-containing queries to the same level as queries not using that feature. Along the way, simplify management of parameterized paths in add_path() and friends. In the original coding for parameterized paths in 9.2, I tried to minimize the logic changes in add_path(), so it just treated parameterization as yet another dimension of comparison for paths. We later made it ignore pathkeys (sort ordering) of parameterized paths, on the grounds that ordering isn't a useful property for the path on the inside of a nestloop, so we might as well get rid of useless parameterized paths as quickly as possible. But we didn't take that reasoning as far as we should have. Startup cost isn't a useful property inside a nestloop either, so add_path() ought to discount startup cost of parameterized paths as well. Having done that, the secondary sorting I'd implemented (in add_parameterized_path) is no longer needed --- any parameterized path that survives add_path() at all is worth considering at higher levels. So this should be a bit faster as well as simpler.
2012-08-30 04:05:27 +02:00
* (regardless of ordering) among the unparameterized paths;
* or if there is no unparameterized path, the path with lowest
* total cost among the paths with minimum parameterization
* cheapest_unique_path - for caching cheapest path to produce unique
Adjust definition of cheapest_total_path to work better with LATERAL. In the initial cut at LATERAL, I kept the rule that cheapest_total_path was always unparameterized, which meant it had to be NULL if the relation has no unparameterized paths. It turns out to work much more nicely if we always have *some* path nominated as cheapest-total for each relation. In particular, let's still say it's the cheapest unparameterized path if there is one; if not, take the cheapest-total-cost path among those of the minimum available parameterization. (The first rule is actually a special case of the second.) This allows reversion of some temporary lobotomizations I'd put in place. In particular, the planner can now consider hash and merge joins for joins below a parameter-supplying nestloop, even if there aren't any unparameterized paths available. This should bring planning of LATERAL-containing queries to the same level as queries not using that feature. Along the way, simplify management of parameterized paths in add_path() and friends. In the original coding for parameterized paths in 9.2, I tried to minimize the logic changes in add_path(), so it just treated parameterization as yet another dimension of comparison for paths. We later made it ignore pathkeys (sort ordering) of parameterized paths, on the grounds that ordering isn't a useful property for the path on the inside of a nestloop, so we might as well get rid of useless parameterized paths as quickly as possible. But we didn't take that reasoning as far as we should have. Startup cost isn't a useful property inside a nestloop either, so add_path() ought to discount startup cost of parameterized paths as well. Having done that, the secondary sorting I'd implemented (in add_parameterized_path) is no longer needed --- any parameterized path that survives add_path() at all is worth considering at higher levels. So this should be a bit faster as well as simpler.
2012-08-30 04:05:27 +02:00
* (no duplicates) output from relation; NULL if not yet requested
* cheapest_parameterized_paths - best paths for their parameterizations;
* always includes cheapest_total_path, even if that's unparameterized
* direct_lateral_relids - rels this rel has direct LATERAL references to
* lateral_relids - required outer rels for LATERAL, as a Relids set
Still more fixes for planner's handling of LATERAL references. More fuzz testing by Andreas Seltenreich exposed that the planner did not cope well with chains of lateral references. If relation X references Y laterally, and Y references Z laterally, then we will have to scan X on the inside of a nestloop with Z, so for all intents and purposes X is laterally dependent on Z too. The planner did not understand this and would generate intermediate joins that could not be used. While that was usually harmless except for wasting some planning cycles, under the right circumstances it would lead to "failed to build any N-way joins" or "could not devise a query plan" planner failures. To fix that, convert the existing per-relation lateral_relids and lateral_referencers relid sets into their transitive closures; that is, they now show all relations on which a rel is directly or indirectly laterally dependent. This not only fixes the chained-reference problem but allows some of the relevant tests to be made substantially simpler and faster, since they can be reduced to simple bitmap manipulations instead of searches of the LateralJoinInfo list. Also, when a PlaceHolderVar that is due to be evaluated at a join contains lateral references, we should treat those references as indirect lateral dependencies of each of the join's base relations. This prevents us from trying to join any individual base relations to the lateral reference source before the join is formed, which again cannot work. Andreas' testing also exposed another oversight in the "dangerous PlaceHolderVar" test added in commit 85e5e222b1dd02f1. Simply rejecting unsafe join paths in joinpath.c is insufficient, because in some cases we will end up rejecting *all* possible paths for a particular join, again leading to "could not devise a query plan" failures. The restriction has to be known also to join_is_legal and its cohort functions, so that they will not select a join for which that will happen. I chose to move the supporting logic into joinrels.c where the latter functions are. Back-patch to 9.3 where LATERAL support was introduced.
2015-12-11 20:22:20 +01:00
* (includes both direct and indirect lateral references)
*
* If the relation is a base relation it will have these fields set:
*
* relid - RTE index (this is redundant with the relids field, but
* is provided for convenience of access)
* rtekind - copy of RTE's rtekind field
* min_attr, max_attr - range of valid AttrNumbers for rel
* attr_needed - array of bitmapsets indicating the highest joinrel
* in which each attribute is needed; if bit 0 is set then
* the attribute is needed as part of final targetlist
* attr_widths - cache space for per-attribute width estimates;
* zero means not computed yet
* lateral_vars - lateral cross-references of rel, if any (list of
* Vars and PlaceHolderVars)
* lateral_referencers - relids of rels that reference this one laterally
Still more fixes for planner's handling of LATERAL references. More fuzz testing by Andreas Seltenreich exposed that the planner did not cope well with chains of lateral references. If relation X references Y laterally, and Y references Z laterally, then we will have to scan X on the inside of a nestloop with Z, so for all intents and purposes X is laterally dependent on Z too. The planner did not understand this and would generate intermediate joins that could not be used. While that was usually harmless except for wasting some planning cycles, under the right circumstances it would lead to "failed to build any N-way joins" or "could not devise a query plan" planner failures. To fix that, convert the existing per-relation lateral_relids and lateral_referencers relid sets into their transitive closures; that is, they now show all relations on which a rel is directly or indirectly laterally dependent. This not only fixes the chained-reference problem but allows some of the relevant tests to be made substantially simpler and faster, since they can be reduced to simple bitmap manipulations instead of searches of the LateralJoinInfo list. Also, when a PlaceHolderVar that is due to be evaluated at a join contains lateral references, we should treat those references as indirect lateral dependencies of each of the join's base relations. This prevents us from trying to join any individual base relations to the lateral reference source before the join is formed, which again cannot work. Andreas' testing also exposed another oversight in the "dangerous PlaceHolderVar" test added in commit 85e5e222b1dd02f1. Simply rejecting unsafe join paths in joinpath.c is insufficient, because in some cases we will end up rejecting *all* possible paths for a particular join, again leading to "could not devise a query plan" failures. The restriction has to be known also to join_is_legal and its cohort functions, so that they will not select a join for which that will happen. I chose to move the supporting logic into joinrels.c where the latter functions are. Back-patch to 9.3 where LATERAL support was introduced.
2015-12-11 20:22:20 +01:00
* (includes both direct and indirect lateral references)
* indexlist - list of IndexOptInfo nodes for relation's indexes
* (always NIL if it's not a table)
* pages - number of disk pages in relation (zero if not a table)
* tuples - number of tuples in relation (not considering restrictions)
* allvisfrac - fraction of disk pages that are marked all-visible
* subroot - PlannerInfo for subquery (NULL if it's not a subquery)
Fix PARAM_EXEC assignment mechanism to be safe in the presence of WITH. The planner previously assumed that parameter Vars having the same absolute query level, varno, and varattno could safely be assigned the same runtime PARAM_EXEC slot, even though they might be different Vars appearing in different subqueries. This was (probably) safe before the introduction of CTEs, but the lazy-evalution mechanism used for CTEs means that a CTE can be executed during execution of some other subquery, causing the lifespan of Params at the same syntactic nesting level as the CTE to overlap with use of the same slots inside the CTE. In 9.1 we created additional hazards by using the same parameter-assignment technology for nestloop inner scan parameters, but it was broken before that, as illustrated by the added regression test. To fix, restructure the planner's management of PlannerParamItems so that items having different semantic lifespans are kept rigorously separated. This will probably result in complex queries using more runtime PARAM_EXEC slots than before, but the slots are cheap enough that this hardly matters. Also, stop generating PlannerParamItems containing Params for subquery outputs: all we really need to do is reserve the PARAM_EXEC slot number, and that now only takes incrementing a counter. The planning code is simpler and probably faster than before, as well as being more correct. Per report from Vik Reykja. These changes will mostly also need to be made in the back branches, but I'm going to hold off on that until after 9.2.0 wraps.
2012-09-05 18:54:03 +02:00
* subplan_params - list of PlannerParamItems to be passed to subquery
*
Make the upper part of the planner work by generating and comparing Paths. I've been saying we needed to do this for more than five years, and here it finally is. This patch removes the ever-growing tangle of spaghetti logic that grouping_planner() used to use to try to identify the best plan for post-scan/join query steps. Now, there is (nearly) independent consideration of each execution step, and entirely separate construction of Paths to represent each of the possible ways to do that step. We choose the best Path or set of Paths using the same add_path() logic that's been used inside query_planner() for years. In addition, this patch removes the old restriction that subquery_planner() could return only a single Plan. It now returns a RelOptInfo containing a set of Paths, just as query_planner() does, and the parent query level can use each of those Paths as the basis of a SubqueryScanPath at its level. This allows finding some optimizations that we missed before, wherein a subquery was capable of returning presorted data and thereby avoiding a sort in the parent level, making the overall cost cheaper even though delivering sorted output was not the cheapest plan for the subquery in isolation. (A couple of regression test outputs change in consequence of that. However, there is very little change in visible planner behavior overall, because the point of this patch is not to get immediate planning benefits but to create the infrastructure for future improvements.) There is a great deal left to do here. This patch unblocks a lot of planner work that was basically impractical in the old code structure, such as allowing FDWs to implement remote aggregation, or rewriting plan_set_operations() to allow consideration of multiple implementation orders for set operations. (The latter will likely require a full rewrite of plan_set_operations(); what I've done here is only to fix it to return Paths not Plans.) I have also left unfinished some localized refactoring in createplan.c and planner.c, because it was not necessary to get this patch to a working state. Thanks to Robert Haas, David Rowley, and Amit Kapila for review.
2016-03-07 21:58:22 +01:00
* Note: for a subquery, tuples and subroot are not set immediately
* upon creation of the RelOptInfo object; they are filled in when
Code review for foreign/custom join pushdown patch. Commit e7cb7ee14555cc9c5773e2c102efd6371f6f2005 included some design decisions that seem pretty questionable to me, and there was quite a lot of stuff not to like about the documentation and comments. Clean up as follows: * Consider foreign joins only between foreign tables on the same server, rather than between any two foreign tables with the same underlying FDW handler function. In most if not all cases, the FDW would simply have had to apply the same-server restriction itself (far more expensively, both for lack of caching and because it would be repeated for each combination of input sub-joins), or else risk nasty bugs. Anyone who's really intent on doing something outside this restriction can always use the set_join_pathlist_hook. * Rename fdw_ps_tlist/custom_ps_tlist to fdw_scan_tlist/custom_scan_tlist to better reflect what they're for, and allow these custom scan tlists to be used even for base relations. * Change make_foreignscan() API to include passing the fdw_scan_tlist value, since the FDW is required to set that. Backwards compatibility doesn't seem like an adequate reason to expect FDWs to set it in some ad-hoc extra step, and anyway existing FDWs can just pass NIL. * Change the API of path-generating subroutines of add_paths_to_joinrel, and in particular that of GetForeignJoinPaths and set_join_pathlist_hook, so that various less-used parameters are passed in a struct rather than as separate parameter-list entries. The objective here is to reduce the probability that future additions to those parameter lists will result in source-level API breaks for users of these hooks. It's possible that this is even a small win for the core code, since most CPU architectures can't pass more than half a dozen parameters efficiently anyway. I kept root, joinrel, outerrel, innerrel, and jointype as separate parameters to reduce code churn in joinpath.c --- in particular, putting jointype into the struct would have been problematic because of the subroutines' habit of changing their local copies of that variable. * Avoid ad-hocery in ExecAssignScanProjectionInfo. It was probably all right for it to know about IndexOnlyScan, but if the list is to grow we should refactor the knowledge out to the callers. * Restore nodeForeignscan.c's previous use of the relcache to avoid extra GetFdwRoutine lookups for base-relation scans. * Lots of cleanup of documentation and missed comments. Re-order some code additions into more logical places.
2015-05-10 20:36:30 +02:00
* set_subquery_pathlist processes the object.
*
* For otherrels that are appendrel members, these fields are filled
* in just as for a baserel, except we don't bother with lateral_vars.
*
Code review for foreign/custom join pushdown patch. Commit e7cb7ee14555cc9c5773e2c102efd6371f6f2005 included some design decisions that seem pretty questionable to me, and there was quite a lot of stuff not to like about the documentation and comments. Clean up as follows: * Consider foreign joins only between foreign tables on the same server, rather than between any two foreign tables with the same underlying FDW handler function. In most if not all cases, the FDW would simply have had to apply the same-server restriction itself (far more expensively, both for lack of caching and because it would be repeated for each combination of input sub-joins), or else risk nasty bugs. Anyone who's really intent on doing something outside this restriction can always use the set_join_pathlist_hook. * Rename fdw_ps_tlist/custom_ps_tlist to fdw_scan_tlist/custom_scan_tlist to better reflect what they're for, and allow these custom scan tlists to be used even for base relations. * Change make_foreignscan() API to include passing the fdw_scan_tlist value, since the FDW is required to set that. Backwards compatibility doesn't seem like an adequate reason to expect FDWs to set it in some ad-hoc extra step, and anyway existing FDWs can just pass NIL. * Change the API of path-generating subroutines of add_paths_to_joinrel, and in particular that of GetForeignJoinPaths and set_join_pathlist_hook, so that various less-used parameters are passed in a struct rather than as separate parameter-list entries. The objective here is to reduce the probability that future additions to those parameter lists will result in source-level API breaks for users of these hooks. It's possible that this is even a small win for the core code, since most CPU architectures can't pass more than half a dozen parameters efficiently anyway. I kept root, joinrel, outerrel, innerrel, and jointype as separate parameters to reduce code churn in joinpath.c --- in particular, putting jointype into the struct would have been problematic because of the subroutines' habit of changing their local copies of that variable. * Avoid ad-hocery in ExecAssignScanProjectionInfo. It was probably all right for it to know about IndexOnlyScan, but if the list is to grow we should refactor the knowledge out to the callers. * Restore nodeForeignscan.c's previous use of the relcache to avoid extra GetFdwRoutine lookups for base-relation scans. * Lots of cleanup of documentation and missed comments. Re-order some code additions into more logical places.
2015-05-10 20:36:30 +02:00
* If the relation is either a foreign table or a join of foreign tables that
Avoid invalidating all foreign-join cached plans when user mappings change. We must not push down a foreign join when the foreign tables involved should be accessed under different user mappings. Previously we tried to enforce that rule literally during planning, but that meant that the resulting plans were dependent on the current contents of the pg_user_mapping catalog, and we had to blow away all cached plans containing any remote join when anything at all changed in pg_user_mapping. This could have been improved somewhat, but the fact that a syscache inval callback has very limited info about what changed made it hard to do better within that design. Instead, let's change the planner to not consider user mappings per se, but to allow a foreign join if both RTEs have the same checkAsUser value. If they do, then they necessarily will use the same user mapping at runtime, and we don't need to know specifically which one that is. Post-plan-time changes in pg_user_mapping no longer require any plan invalidation. This rule does give up some optimization ability, to wit where two foreign table references come from views with different owners or one's from a view and one's directly in the query, but nonetheless the same user mapping would have applied. We'll sacrifice the first case, but to not regress more than we have to in the second case, allow a foreign join involving both zero and nonzero checkAsUser values if the nonzero one is the same as the prevailing effective userID. In that case, mark the plan as only runnable by that userID. The plancache code already had a notion of plans being userID-specific, in order to support RLS. It was a little confused though, in particular lacking clarity of thought as to whether it was the rewritten query or just the finished plan that's dependent on the userID. Rearrange that code so that it's clearer what depends on which, and so that the same logic applies to both RLS-injected role dependency and foreign-join-injected role dependency. Note that this patch doesn't remove the other issue mentioned in the original complaint, which is that while we'll reliably stop using a foreign join if it's disallowed in a new context, we might fail to start using a foreign join if it's now allowed, but we previously created a generic cached plan that didn't use one. It was agreed that the chance of winning that way was not high enough to justify the much larger number of plan invalidations that would have to occur if we tried to cause it to happen. In passing, clean up randomly-varying spelling of EXPLAIN commands in postgres_fdw.sql, and fix a COSTS ON example that had been allowed to leak into the committed tests. This reverts most of commits fbe5a3fb7 and 5d4171d1c, which were the previous attempt at ensuring we wouldn't push down foreign joins that span permissions contexts. Etsuro Fujita and Tom Lane Discussion: <d49c1e5b-f059-20f4-c132-e9752ee0113e@lab.ntt.co.jp>
2016-07-15 23:22:56 +02:00
* all belong to the same foreign server and are assigned to the same user to
* check access permissions as (cf checkAsUser), these fields will be set:
Code review for foreign/custom join pushdown patch. Commit e7cb7ee14555cc9c5773e2c102efd6371f6f2005 included some design decisions that seem pretty questionable to me, and there was quite a lot of stuff not to like about the documentation and comments. Clean up as follows: * Consider foreign joins only between foreign tables on the same server, rather than between any two foreign tables with the same underlying FDW handler function. In most if not all cases, the FDW would simply have had to apply the same-server restriction itself (far more expensively, both for lack of caching and because it would be repeated for each combination of input sub-joins), or else risk nasty bugs. Anyone who's really intent on doing something outside this restriction can always use the set_join_pathlist_hook. * Rename fdw_ps_tlist/custom_ps_tlist to fdw_scan_tlist/custom_scan_tlist to better reflect what they're for, and allow these custom scan tlists to be used even for base relations. * Change make_foreignscan() API to include passing the fdw_scan_tlist value, since the FDW is required to set that. Backwards compatibility doesn't seem like an adequate reason to expect FDWs to set it in some ad-hoc extra step, and anyway existing FDWs can just pass NIL. * Change the API of path-generating subroutines of add_paths_to_joinrel, and in particular that of GetForeignJoinPaths and set_join_pathlist_hook, so that various less-used parameters are passed in a struct rather than as separate parameter-list entries. The objective here is to reduce the probability that future additions to those parameter lists will result in source-level API breaks for users of these hooks. It's possible that this is even a small win for the core code, since most CPU architectures can't pass more than half a dozen parameters efficiently anyway. I kept root, joinrel, outerrel, innerrel, and jointype as separate parameters to reduce code churn in joinpath.c --- in particular, putting jointype into the struct would have been problematic because of the subroutines' habit of changing their local copies of that variable. * Avoid ad-hocery in ExecAssignScanProjectionInfo. It was probably all right for it to know about IndexOnlyScan, but if the list is to grow we should refactor the knowledge out to the callers. * Restore nodeForeignscan.c's previous use of the relcache to avoid extra GetFdwRoutine lookups for base-relation scans. * Lots of cleanup of documentation and missed comments. Re-order some code additions into more logical places.
2015-05-10 20:36:30 +02:00
*
* serverid - OID of foreign server, if foreign table (else InvalidOid)
Avoid invalidating all foreign-join cached plans when user mappings change. We must not push down a foreign join when the foreign tables involved should be accessed under different user mappings. Previously we tried to enforce that rule literally during planning, but that meant that the resulting plans were dependent on the current contents of the pg_user_mapping catalog, and we had to blow away all cached plans containing any remote join when anything at all changed in pg_user_mapping. This could have been improved somewhat, but the fact that a syscache inval callback has very limited info about what changed made it hard to do better within that design. Instead, let's change the planner to not consider user mappings per se, but to allow a foreign join if both RTEs have the same checkAsUser value. If they do, then they necessarily will use the same user mapping at runtime, and we don't need to know specifically which one that is. Post-plan-time changes in pg_user_mapping no longer require any plan invalidation. This rule does give up some optimization ability, to wit where two foreign table references come from views with different owners or one's from a view and one's directly in the query, but nonetheless the same user mapping would have applied. We'll sacrifice the first case, but to not regress more than we have to in the second case, allow a foreign join involving both zero and nonzero checkAsUser values if the nonzero one is the same as the prevailing effective userID. In that case, mark the plan as only runnable by that userID. The plancache code already had a notion of plans being userID-specific, in order to support RLS. It was a little confused though, in particular lacking clarity of thought as to whether it was the rewritten query or just the finished plan that's dependent on the userID. Rearrange that code so that it's clearer what depends on which, and so that the same logic applies to both RLS-injected role dependency and foreign-join-injected role dependency. Note that this patch doesn't remove the other issue mentioned in the original complaint, which is that while we'll reliably stop using a foreign join if it's disallowed in a new context, we might fail to start using a foreign join if it's now allowed, but we previously created a generic cached plan that didn't use one. It was agreed that the chance of winning that way was not high enough to justify the much larger number of plan invalidations that would have to occur if we tried to cause it to happen. In passing, clean up randomly-varying spelling of EXPLAIN commands in postgres_fdw.sql, and fix a COSTS ON example that had been allowed to leak into the committed tests. This reverts most of commits fbe5a3fb7 and 5d4171d1c, which were the previous attempt at ensuring we wouldn't push down foreign joins that span permissions contexts. Etsuro Fujita and Tom Lane Discussion: <d49c1e5b-f059-20f4-c132-e9752ee0113e@lab.ntt.co.jp>
2016-07-15 23:22:56 +02:00
* userid - OID of user to check access as (InvalidOid means current user)
* useridiscurrent - we've assumed that userid equals current user
Code review for foreign/custom join pushdown patch. Commit e7cb7ee14555cc9c5773e2c102efd6371f6f2005 included some design decisions that seem pretty questionable to me, and there was quite a lot of stuff not to like about the documentation and comments. Clean up as follows: * Consider foreign joins only between foreign tables on the same server, rather than between any two foreign tables with the same underlying FDW handler function. In most if not all cases, the FDW would simply have had to apply the same-server restriction itself (far more expensively, both for lack of caching and because it would be repeated for each combination of input sub-joins), or else risk nasty bugs. Anyone who's really intent on doing something outside this restriction can always use the set_join_pathlist_hook. * Rename fdw_ps_tlist/custom_ps_tlist to fdw_scan_tlist/custom_scan_tlist to better reflect what they're for, and allow these custom scan tlists to be used even for base relations. * Change make_foreignscan() API to include passing the fdw_scan_tlist value, since the FDW is required to set that. Backwards compatibility doesn't seem like an adequate reason to expect FDWs to set it in some ad-hoc extra step, and anyway existing FDWs can just pass NIL. * Change the API of path-generating subroutines of add_paths_to_joinrel, and in particular that of GetForeignJoinPaths and set_join_pathlist_hook, so that various less-used parameters are passed in a struct rather than as separate parameter-list entries. The objective here is to reduce the probability that future additions to those parameter lists will result in source-level API breaks for users of these hooks. It's possible that this is even a small win for the core code, since most CPU architectures can't pass more than half a dozen parameters efficiently anyway. I kept root, joinrel, outerrel, innerrel, and jointype as separate parameters to reduce code churn in joinpath.c --- in particular, putting jointype into the struct would have been problematic because of the subroutines' habit of changing their local copies of that variable. * Avoid ad-hocery in ExecAssignScanProjectionInfo. It was probably all right for it to know about IndexOnlyScan, but if the list is to grow we should refactor the knowledge out to the callers. * Restore nodeForeignscan.c's previous use of the relcache to avoid extra GetFdwRoutine lookups for base-relation scans. * Lots of cleanup of documentation and missed comments. Re-order some code additions into more logical places.
2015-05-10 20:36:30 +02:00
* fdwroutine - function hooks for FDW, if foreign table (else NULL)
* fdw_private - private state for FDW, if foreign table (else NULL)
*
* Two fields are used to cache knowledge acquired during the join search
* about whether this rel is provably unique when being joined to given other
* relation(s), ie, it can have at most one row matching any given row from
* that join relation. Currently we only attempt such proofs, and thus only
* populate these fields, for base rels; but someday they might be used for
* join rels too:
*
* unique_for_rels - list of Relid sets, each one being a set of other
* rels for which this one has been proven unique
* non_unique_for_rels - list of Relid sets, each one being a set of
* other rels for which we have tried and failed to prove
* this one unique
*
* The presence of the following fields depends on the restrictions
* and joins that the relation participates in:
*
* baserestrictinfo - List of RestrictInfo nodes, containing info about
* each non-join qualification clause in which this relation
* participates (only used for base rels)
* baserestrictcost - Estimated cost of evaluating the baserestrictinfo
* clauses at a single tuple (only used for base rels)
Improve RLS planning by marking individual quals with security levels. In an RLS query, we must ensure that security filter quals are evaluated before ordinary query quals, in case the latter contain "leaky" functions that could expose the contents of sensitive rows. The original implementation of RLS planning ensured this by pushing the scan of a secured table into a sub-query that it marked as a security-barrier view. Unfortunately this results in very inefficient plans in many cases, because the sub-query cannot be flattened and gets planned independently of the rest of the query. To fix, drop the use of sub-queries to enforce RLS qual order, and instead mark each qual (RestrictInfo) with a security_level field establishing its priority for evaluation. Quals must be evaluated in security_level order, except that "leakproof" quals can be allowed to go ahead of quals of lower security_level, if it's helpful to do so. This has to be enforced within the ordering of any one list of quals to be evaluated at a table scan node, and we also have to ensure that quals are not chosen for early evaluation (i.e., use as an index qual or TID scan qual) if they're not allowed to go ahead of other quals at the scan node. This is sufficient to fix the problem for RLS quals, since we only support RLS policies on simple tables and thus RLS quals will always exist at the table scan level only. Eventually these qual ordering rules should be enforced for join quals as well, which would permit improving planning for explicit security-barrier views; but that's a task for another patch. Note that FDWs would need to be aware of these rules --- and not, for example, send an insecure qual for remote execution --- but since we do not yet allow RLS policies on foreign tables, the case doesn't arise. This will need to be addressed before we can allow such policies. Patch by me, reviewed by Stephen Frost and Dean Rasheed. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8185.1477432701@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-01-18 18:58:20 +01:00
* baserestrict_min_security - Smallest security_level found among
* clauses in baserestrictinfo
* joininfo - List of RestrictInfo nodes, containing info about each
* join clause in which this relation participates (but
* note this excludes clauses that might be derivable from
* EquivalenceClasses)
* has_eclass_joins - flag that EquivalenceClass joins are possible
*
* Note: Keeping a restrictinfo list in the RelOptInfo is useful only for
* base rels, because for a join rel the set of clauses that are treated as
* restrict clauses varies depending on which sub-relations we choose to join.
* (For example, in a 3-base-rel join, a clause relating rels 1 and 2 must be
* treated as a restrictclause if we join {1} and {2 3} to make {1 2 3}; but
* if we join {1 2} and {3} then that clause will be a restrictclause in {1 2}
* and should not be processed again at the level of {1 2 3}.) Therefore,
* the restrictinfo list in the join case appears in individual JoinPaths
* (field joinrestrictinfo), not in the parent relation. But it's OK for
* the RelOptInfo to store the joininfo list, because that is the same
* for a given rel no matter how we form it.
*
* We store baserestrictcost in the RelOptInfo (for base relations) because
* we know we will need it at least once (to price the sequential scan)
* and may need it multiple times to price index scans.
*
* If the relation is partitioned, these fields will be set:
*
* part_scheme - Partitioning scheme of the relation
* nparts - Number of partitions
* boundinfo - Partition bounds
* partition_qual - Partition constraint if not the root
* part_rels - RelOptInfos for each partition
* partexprs, nullable_partexprs - Partition key expressions
* partitioned_child_rels - RT indexes of unpruned partitions of
* this relation that are partitioned tables
* themselves, in hierarchical order
*
* Note: A base relation always has only one set of partition keys, but a join
* relation may have as many sets of partition keys as the number of relations
Basic partition-wise join functionality. Instead of joining two partitioned tables in their entirety we can, if it is an equi-join on the partition keys, join the matching partitions individually. This involves teaching the planner about "other join" rels, which are related to regular join rels in the same way that other member rels are related to baserels. This can use significantly more CPU time and memory than regular join planning, because there may now be a set of "other" rels not only for every base relation but also for every join relation. In most practical cases, this probably shouldn't be a problem, because (1) it's probably unusual to join many tables each with many partitions using the partition keys for all joins and (2) if you do that scenario then you probably have a big enough machine to handle the increased memory cost of planning and (3) the resulting plan is highly likely to be better, so what you spend in planning you'll make up on the execution side. All the same, for now, turn this feature off by default. Currently, we can only perform joins between two tables whose partitioning schemes are absolutely identical. It would be nice to cope with other scenarios, such as extra partitions on one side or the other with no match on the other side, but that will have to wait for a future patch. Ashutosh Bapat, reviewed and tested by Rajkumar Raghuwanshi, Amit Langote, Rafia Sabih, Thomas Munro, Dilip Kumar, Antonin Houska, Amit Khandekar, and by me. A few final adjustments by me. Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAFjFpRfQ8GrQvzp3jA2wnLqrHmaXna-urjm_UY9BqXj=EaDTSA@mail.gmail.com Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAFjFpRcitjfrULr5jfuKWRPsGUX0LQ0k8-yG0Qw2+1LBGNpMdw@mail.gmail.com
2017-10-06 17:11:10 +02:00
* being joined. partexprs and nullable_partexprs are arrays containing
* part_scheme->partnatts elements each. Each of these elements is a list of
* partition key expressions. For a base relation each list in partexprs
* contains only one expression and nullable_partexprs is not populated. For a
* join relation, partexprs and nullable_partexprs contain partition key
* expressions from non-nullable and nullable relations resp. Lists at any
* given position in those arrays together contain as many elements as the
* number of joining relations.
*----------
*/
typedef enum RelOptKind
{
RELOPT_BASEREL,
RELOPT_JOINREL,
RELOPT_OTHER_MEMBER_REL,
Basic partition-wise join functionality. Instead of joining two partitioned tables in their entirety we can, if it is an equi-join on the partition keys, join the matching partitions individually. This involves teaching the planner about "other join" rels, which are related to regular join rels in the same way that other member rels are related to baserels. This can use significantly more CPU time and memory than regular join planning, because there may now be a set of "other" rels not only for every base relation but also for every join relation. In most practical cases, this probably shouldn't be a problem, because (1) it's probably unusual to join many tables each with many partitions using the partition keys for all joins and (2) if you do that scenario then you probably have a big enough machine to handle the increased memory cost of planning and (3) the resulting plan is highly likely to be better, so what you spend in planning you'll make up on the execution side. All the same, for now, turn this feature off by default. Currently, we can only perform joins between two tables whose partitioning schemes are absolutely identical. It would be nice to cope with other scenarios, such as extra partitions on one side or the other with no match on the other side, but that will have to wait for a future patch. Ashutosh Bapat, reviewed and tested by Rajkumar Raghuwanshi, Amit Langote, Rafia Sabih, Thomas Munro, Dilip Kumar, Antonin Houska, Amit Khandekar, and by me. A few final adjustments by me. Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAFjFpRfQ8GrQvzp3jA2wnLqrHmaXna-urjm_UY9BqXj=EaDTSA@mail.gmail.com Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAFjFpRcitjfrULr5jfuKWRPsGUX0LQ0k8-yG0Qw2+1LBGNpMdw@mail.gmail.com
2017-10-06 17:11:10 +02:00
RELOPT_OTHER_JOINREL,
Make the upper part of the planner work by generating and comparing Paths. I've been saying we needed to do this for more than five years, and here it finally is. This patch removes the ever-growing tangle of spaghetti logic that grouping_planner() used to use to try to identify the best plan for post-scan/join query steps. Now, there is (nearly) independent consideration of each execution step, and entirely separate construction of Paths to represent each of the possible ways to do that step. We choose the best Path or set of Paths using the same add_path() logic that's been used inside query_planner() for years. In addition, this patch removes the old restriction that subquery_planner() could return only a single Plan. It now returns a RelOptInfo containing a set of Paths, just as query_planner() does, and the parent query level can use each of those Paths as the basis of a SubqueryScanPath at its level. This allows finding some optimizations that we missed before, wherein a subquery was capable of returning presorted data and thereby avoiding a sort in the parent level, making the overall cost cheaper even though delivering sorted output was not the cheapest plan for the subquery in isolation. (A couple of regression test outputs change in consequence of that. However, there is very little change in visible planner behavior overall, because the point of this patch is not to get immediate planning benefits but to create the infrastructure for future improvements.) There is a great deal left to do here. This patch unblocks a lot of planner work that was basically impractical in the old code structure, such as allowing FDWs to implement remote aggregation, or rewriting plan_set_operations() to allow consideration of multiple implementation orders for set operations. (The latter will likely require a full rewrite of plan_set_operations(); what I've done here is only to fix it to return Paths not Plans.) I have also left unfinished some localized refactoring in createplan.c and planner.c, because it was not necessary to get this patch to a working state. Thanks to Robert Haas, David Rowley, and Amit Kapila for review.
2016-03-07 21:58:22 +01:00
RELOPT_UPPER_REL,
RELOPT_OTHER_UPPER_REL,
RELOPT_DEADREL
} RelOptKind;
/*
* Is the given relation a simple relation i.e a base or "other" member
* relation?
*/
#define IS_SIMPLE_REL(rel) \
((rel)->reloptkind == RELOPT_BASEREL || \
(rel)->reloptkind == RELOPT_OTHER_MEMBER_REL)
/* Is the given relation a join relation? */
Basic partition-wise join functionality. Instead of joining two partitioned tables in their entirety we can, if it is an equi-join on the partition keys, join the matching partitions individually. This involves teaching the planner about "other join" rels, which are related to regular join rels in the same way that other member rels are related to baserels. This can use significantly more CPU time and memory than regular join planning, because there may now be a set of "other" rels not only for every base relation but also for every join relation. In most practical cases, this probably shouldn't be a problem, because (1) it's probably unusual to join many tables each with many partitions using the partition keys for all joins and (2) if you do that scenario then you probably have a big enough machine to handle the increased memory cost of planning and (3) the resulting plan is highly likely to be better, so what you spend in planning you'll make up on the execution side. All the same, for now, turn this feature off by default. Currently, we can only perform joins between two tables whose partitioning schemes are absolutely identical. It would be nice to cope with other scenarios, such as extra partitions on one side or the other with no match on the other side, but that will have to wait for a future patch. Ashutosh Bapat, reviewed and tested by Rajkumar Raghuwanshi, Amit Langote, Rafia Sabih, Thomas Munro, Dilip Kumar, Antonin Houska, Amit Khandekar, and by me. A few final adjustments by me. Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAFjFpRfQ8GrQvzp3jA2wnLqrHmaXna-urjm_UY9BqXj=EaDTSA@mail.gmail.com Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAFjFpRcitjfrULr5jfuKWRPsGUX0LQ0k8-yG0Qw2+1LBGNpMdw@mail.gmail.com
2017-10-06 17:11:10 +02:00
#define IS_JOIN_REL(rel) \
((rel)->reloptkind == RELOPT_JOINREL || \
(rel)->reloptkind == RELOPT_OTHER_JOINREL)
/* Is the given relation an upper relation? */
#define IS_UPPER_REL(rel) \
((rel)->reloptkind == RELOPT_UPPER_REL || \
(rel)->reloptkind == RELOPT_OTHER_UPPER_REL)
/* Is the given relation an "other" relation? */
Basic partition-wise join functionality. Instead of joining two partitioned tables in their entirety we can, if it is an equi-join on the partition keys, join the matching partitions individually. This involves teaching the planner about "other join" rels, which are related to regular join rels in the same way that other member rels are related to baserels. This can use significantly more CPU time and memory than regular join planning, because there may now be a set of "other" rels not only for every base relation but also for every join relation. In most practical cases, this probably shouldn't be a problem, because (1) it's probably unusual to join many tables each with many partitions using the partition keys for all joins and (2) if you do that scenario then you probably have a big enough machine to handle the increased memory cost of planning and (3) the resulting plan is highly likely to be better, so what you spend in planning you'll make up on the execution side. All the same, for now, turn this feature off by default. Currently, we can only perform joins between two tables whose partitioning schemes are absolutely identical. It would be nice to cope with other scenarios, such as extra partitions on one side or the other with no match on the other side, but that will have to wait for a future patch. Ashutosh Bapat, reviewed and tested by Rajkumar Raghuwanshi, Amit Langote, Rafia Sabih, Thomas Munro, Dilip Kumar, Antonin Houska, Amit Khandekar, and by me. A few final adjustments by me. Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAFjFpRfQ8GrQvzp3jA2wnLqrHmaXna-urjm_UY9BqXj=EaDTSA@mail.gmail.com Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAFjFpRcitjfrULr5jfuKWRPsGUX0LQ0k8-yG0Qw2+1LBGNpMdw@mail.gmail.com
2017-10-06 17:11:10 +02:00
#define IS_OTHER_REL(rel) \
((rel)->reloptkind == RELOPT_OTHER_MEMBER_REL || \
(rel)->reloptkind == RELOPT_OTHER_JOINREL || \
(rel)->reloptkind == RELOPT_OTHER_UPPER_REL)
1998-07-18 06:22:52 +02:00
typedef struct RelOptInfo
{
NodeTag type;
RelOptKind reloptkind;
/* all relations included in this RelOptInfo */
Relids relids; /* set of base relids (rangetable indexes) */
/* size estimates generated by planner */
double rows; /* estimated number of result tuples */
/* per-relation planner control flags */
Phase 2 of pgindent updates. Change pg_bsd_indent to follow upstream rules for placement of comments to the right of code, and remove pgindent hack that caused comments following #endif to not obey the general rule. Commit e3860ffa4dd0dad0dd9eea4be9cc1412373a8c89 wasn't actually using the published version of pg_bsd_indent, but a hacked-up version that tried to minimize the amount of movement of comments to the right of code. The situation of interest is where such a comment has to be moved to the right of its default placement at column 33 because there's code there. BSD indent has always moved right in units of tab stops in such cases --- but in the previous incarnation, indent was working in 8-space tab stops, while now it knows we use 4-space tabs. So the net result is that in about half the cases, such comments are placed one tab stop left of before. This is better all around: it leaves more room on the line for comment text, and it means that in such cases the comment uniformly starts at the next 4-space tab stop after the code, rather than sometimes one and sometimes two tabs after. Also, ensure that comments following #endif are indented the same as comments following other preprocessor commands such as #else. That inconsistency turns out to have been self-inflicted damage from a poorly-thought-through post-indent "fixup" in pgindent. This patch is much less interesting than the first round of indent changes, but also bulkier, so I thought it best to separate the effects. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1dAmxK-0006EE-1r@gemulon.postgresql.org Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/30527.1495162840@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-06-21 21:18:54 +02:00
bool consider_startup; /* keep cheap-startup-cost paths? */
Fix planner's cost estimation for SEMI/ANTI joins with inner indexscans. When the inner side of a nestloop SEMI or ANTI join is an indexscan that uses all the join clauses as indexquals, it can be presumed that both matched and unmatched outer rows will be processed very quickly: for matched rows, we'll stop after fetching one row from the indexscan, while for unmatched rows we'll have an indexscan that finds no matching index entries, which should also be quick. The planner already knew about this, but it was nonetheless charging for at least one full run of the inner indexscan, as a consequence of concerns about the behavior of materialized inner scans --- but those concerns don't apply in the fast case. If the inner side has low cardinality (many matching rows) this could make an indexscan plan look far more expensive than it actually is. To fix, rearrange the work in initial_cost_nestloop/final_cost_nestloop so that we don't add the inner scan cost until we've inspected the indexquals, and then we can add either the full-run cost or just the first tuple's cost as appropriate. Experimentation with this fix uncovered another problem: add_path and friends were coded to disregard cheap startup cost when considering parameterized paths. That's usually okay (and desirable, because it thins the path herd faster); but in this fast case for SEMI/ANTI joins, it could result in throwing away the desired plain indexscan path in favor of a bitmap scan path before we ever get to the join costing logic. In the many-matching-rows cases of interest here, a bitmap scan will do a lot more work than required, so this is a problem. To fix, add a per-relation flag consider_param_startup that works like the existing consider_startup flag, but applies to parameterized paths, and set it for relations that are the inside of a SEMI or ANTI join. To make this patch reasonably safe to back-patch, care has been taken to avoid changing the planner's behavior except in the very narrow case of SEMI/ANTI joins with inner indexscans. There are places in compare_path_costs_fuzzily and add_path_precheck that are not terribly consistent with the new approach, but changing them will affect planner decisions at the margins in other cases, so we'll leave that for a HEAD-only fix. Back-patch to 9.3; before that, the consider_startup flag didn't exist, meaning that the second aspect of the patch would be too invasive. Per a complaint from Peter Holzer and analysis by Tomas Vondra.
2015-06-03 17:58:47 +02:00
bool consider_param_startup; /* ditto, for parameterized paths? */
Phase 2 of pgindent updates. Change pg_bsd_indent to follow upstream rules for placement of comments to the right of code, and remove pgindent hack that caused comments following #endif to not obey the general rule. Commit e3860ffa4dd0dad0dd9eea4be9cc1412373a8c89 wasn't actually using the published version of pg_bsd_indent, but a hacked-up version that tried to minimize the amount of movement of comments to the right of code. The situation of interest is where such a comment has to be moved to the right of its default placement at column 33 because there's code there. BSD indent has always moved right in units of tab stops in such cases --- but in the previous incarnation, indent was working in 8-space tab stops, while now it knows we use 4-space tabs. So the net result is that in about half the cases, such comments are placed one tab stop left of before. This is better all around: it leaves more room on the line for comment text, and it means that in such cases the comment uniformly starts at the next 4-space tab stop after the code, rather than sometimes one and sometimes two tabs after. Also, ensure that comments following #endif are indented the same as comments following other preprocessor commands such as #else. That inconsistency turns out to have been self-inflicted damage from a poorly-thought-through post-indent "fixup" in pgindent. This patch is much less interesting than the first round of indent changes, but also bulkier, so I thought it best to separate the effects. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1dAmxK-0006EE-1r@gemulon.postgresql.org Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/30527.1495162840@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-06-21 21:18:54 +02:00
bool consider_parallel; /* consider parallel paths? */
Add an explicit representation of the output targetlist to Paths. Up to now, there's been an assumption that all Paths for a given relation compute the same output column set (targetlist). However, there are good reasons to remove that assumption. For example, an indexscan on an expression index might be able to return the value of an expensive function "for free". While we have the ability to generate such a plan today in simple cases, we don't have a way to model that it's cheaper than a plan that computes the function from scratch, nor a way to create such a plan in join cases (where the function computation would normally happen at the topmost join node). Also, we need this so that we can have Paths representing post-scan/join steps, where the targetlist may well change from one step to the next. Therefore, invent a "struct PathTarget" representing the columns we expect a plan step to emit. It's convenient to include the output tuple width and tlist evaluation cost in this struct, and there will likely be additional fields in future. While Path nodes that actually do have custom outputs will need their own PathTargets, it will still be true that most Paths for a given relation will compute the same tlist. To reduce the overhead added by this patch, keep a "default PathTarget" in RelOptInfo, and allow Paths that compute that column set to just point to their parent RelOptInfo's reltarget. (In the patch as committed, actually every Path is like that, since we do not yet have any cases of custom PathTargets.) I took this opportunity to provide some more-honest costing of PlaceHolderVar evaluation. Up to now, the assumption that "scan/join reltargetlists have cost zero" was applied not only to Vars, where it's reasonable, but also PlaceHolderVars where it isn't. Now, we add the eval cost of a PlaceHolderVar's expression to the first plan level where it can be computed, by including it in the PathTarget cost field and adding that to the cost estimates for Paths. This isn't perfect yet but it's much better than before, and there is a way forward to improve it more. This costing change affects the join order chosen for a couple of the regression tests, changing expected row ordering.
2016-02-19 02:01:49 +01:00
/* default result targetlist for Paths scanning this relation */
Phase 2 of pgindent updates. Change pg_bsd_indent to follow upstream rules for placement of comments to the right of code, and remove pgindent hack that caused comments following #endif to not obey the general rule. Commit e3860ffa4dd0dad0dd9eea4be9cc1412373a8c89 wasn't actually using the published version of pg_bsd_indent, but a hacked-up version that tried to minimize the amount of movement of comments to the right of code. The situation of interest is where such a comment has to be moved to the right of its default placement at column 33 because there's code there. BSD indent has always moved right in units of tab stops in such cases --- but in the previous incarnation, indent was working in 8-space tab stops, while now it knows we use 4-space tabs. So the net result is that in about half the cases, such comments are placed one tab stop left of before. This is better all around: it leaves more room on the line for comment text, and it means that in such cases the comment uniformly starts at the next 4-space tab stop after the code, rather than sometimes one and sometimes two tabs after. Also, ensure that comments following #endif are indented the same as comments following other preprocessor commands such as #else. That inconsistency turns out to have been self-inflicted damage from a poorly-thought-through post-indent "fixup" in pgindent. This patch is much less interesting than the first round of indent changes, but also bulkier, so I thought it best to separate the effects. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1dAmxK-0006EE-1r@gemulon.postgresql.org Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/30527.1495162840@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-06-21 21:18:54 +02:00
struct PathTarget *reltarget; /* list of Vars/Exprs, cost, width */
Add an explicit representation of the output targetlist to Paths. Up to now, there's been an assumption that all Paths for a given relation compute the same output column set (targetlist). However, there are good reasons to remove that assumption. For example, an indexscan on an expression index might be able to return the value of an expensive function "for free". While we have the ability to generate such a plan today in simple cases, we don't have a way to model that it's cheaper than a plan that computes the function from scratch, nor a way to create such a plan in join cases (where the function computation would normally happen at the topmost join node). Also, we need this so that we can have Paths representing post-scan/join steps, where the targetlist may well change from one step to the next. Therefore, invent a "struct PathTarget" representing the columns we expect a plan step to emit. It's convenient to include the output tuple width and tlist evaluation cost in this struct, and there will likely be additional fields in future. While Path nodes that actually do have custom outputs will need their own PathTargets, it will still be true that most Paths for a given relation will compute the same tlist. To reduce the overhead added by this patch, keep a "default PathTarget" in RelOptInfo, and allow Paths that compute that column set to just point to their parent RelOptInfo's reltarget. (In the patch as committed, actually every Path is like that, since we do not yet have any cases of custom PathTargets.) I took this opportunity to provide some more-honest costing of PlaceHolderVar evaluation. Up to now, the assumption that "scan/join reltargetlists have cost zero" was applied not only to Vars, where it's reasonable, but also PlaceHolderVars where it isn't. Now, we add the eval cost of a PlaceHolderVar's expression to the first plan level where it can be computed, by including it in the PathTarget cost field and adding that to the cost estimates for Paths. This isn't perfect yet but it's much better than before, and there is a way forward to improve it more. This costing change affects the join order chosen for a couple of the regression tests, changing expected row ordering.
2016-02-19 02:01:49 +01:00
/* materialization information */
List *pathlist; /* Path structures */
Revise parameterized-path mechanism to fix assorted issues. This patch adjusts the treatment of parameterized paths so that all paths with the same parameterization (same set of required outer rels) for the same relation will have the same rowcount estimate. We cache the rowcount estimates to ensure that property, and hopefully save a few cycles too. Doing this makes it practical for add_path_precheck to operate without a rowcount estimate: it need only assume that paths with different parameterizations never dominate each other, which is close enough to true anyway for coarse filtering, because normally a more-parameterized path should yield fewer rows thanks to having more join clauses to apply. In add_path, we do the full nine yards of comparing rowcount estimates along with everything else, so that we can discard parameterized paths that don't actually have an advantage. This fixes some issues I'd found with add_path rejecting parameterized paths on the grounds that they were more expensive than not-parameterized ones, even though they yielded many fewer rows and hence would be cheaper once subsequent joining was considered. To make the same-rowcounts assumption valid, we have to require that any parameterized path enforce *all* join clauses that could be obtained from the particular set of outer rels, even if not all of them are useful for indexing. This is required at both base scans and joins. It's a good thing anyway since the net impact is that join quals are checked at the lowest practical level in the join tree. Hence, discard the original rather ad-hoc mechanism for choosing parameterization joinquals, and build a better one that has a more principled rule for when clauses can be moved. The original rule was actually buggy anyway for lack of knowledge about which relations are part of an outer join's outer side; getting this right requires adding an outer_relids field to RestrictInfo.
2012-04-19 21:52:46 +02:00
List *ppilist; /* ParamPathInfos used in pathlist */
Phase 2 of pgindent updates. Change pg_bsd_indent to follow upstream rules for placement of comments to the right of code, and remove pgindent hack that caused comments following #endif to not obey the general rule. Commit e3860ffa4dd0dad0dd9eea4be9cc1412373a8c89 wasn't actually using the published version of pg_bsd_indent, but a hacked-up version that tried to minimize the amount of movement of comments to the right of code. The situation of interest is where such a comment has to be moved to the right of its default placement at column 33 because there's code there. BSD indent has always moved right in units of tab stops in such cases --- but in the previous incarnation, indent was working in 8-space tab stops, while now it knows we use 4-space tabs. So the net result is that in about half the cases, such comments are placed one tab stop left of before. This is better all around: it leaves more room on the line for comment text, and it means that in such cases the comment uniformly starts at the next 4-space tab stop after the code, rather than sometimes one and sometimes two tabs after. Also, ensure that comments following #endif are indented the same as comments following other preprocessor commands such as #else. That inconsistency turns out to have been self-inflicted damage from a poorly-thought-through post-indent "fixup" in pgindent. This patch is much less interesting than the first round of indent changes, but also bulkier, so I thought it best to separate the effects. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1dAmxK-0006EE-1r@gemulon.postgresql.org Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/30527.1495162840@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-06-21 21:18:54 +02:00
List *partial_pathlist; /* partial Paths */
struct Path *cheapest_startup_path;
struct Path *cheapest_total_path;
struct Path *cheapest_unique_path;
List *cheapest_parameterized_paths;
/* parameterization information needed for both base rels and join rels */
/* (see also lateral_vars and lateral_referencers) */
Relids direct_lateral_relids; /* rels directly laterally referenced */
Relids lateral_relids; /* minimum parameterization of rel */
/* information about a base rel (not set for join rels!) */
Index relid;
Oid reltablespace; /* containing tablespace */
RTEKind rtekind; /* RELATION, SUBQUERY, FUNCTION, etc */
AttrNumber min_attr; /* smallest attrno of rel (often <0) */
AttrNumber max_attr; /* largest attrno of rel */
Relids *attr_needed; /* array indexed [min_attr .. max_attr] */
int32 *attr_widths; /* array indexed [min_attr .. max_attr] */
List *lateral_vars; /* LATERAL Vars and PHVs referenced by rel */
Relids lateral_referencers; /* rels that reference me laterally */
List *indexlist; /* list of IndexOptInfo */
Implement multivariate n-distinct coefficients Add support for explicitly declared statistic objects (CREATE STATISTICS), allowing collection of statistics on more complex combinations that individual table columns. Companion commands DROP STATISTICS and ALTER STATISTICS ... OWNER TO / SET SCHEMA / RENAME are added too. All this DDL has been designed so that more statistic types can be added later on, such as multivariate most-common-values and multivariate histograms between columns of a single table, leaving room for permitting columns on multiple tables, too, as well as expressions. This commit only adds support for collection of n-distinct coefficient on user-specified sets of columns in a single table. This is useful to estimate number of distinct groups in GROUP BY and DISTINCT clauses; estimation errors there can cause over-allocation of memory in hashed aggregates, for instance, so it's a worthwhile problem to solve. A new special pseudo-type pg_ndistinct is used. (num-distinct estimation was deemed sufficiently useful by itself that this is worthwhile even if no further statistic types are added immediately; so much so that another version of essentially the same functionality was submitted by Kyotaro Horiguchi: https://postgr.es/m/20150828.173334.114731693.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp though this commit does not use that code.) Author: Tomas Vondra. Some code rework by Álvaro. Reviewed-by: Dean Rasheed, David Rowley, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Jeff Janes, Ideriha Takeshi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/543AFA15.4080608@fuzzy.cz https://postgr.es/m/20170320190220.ixlaueanxegqd5gr@alvherre.pgsql
2017-03-24 18:06:10 +01:00
List *statlist; /* list of StatisticExtInfo */
BlockNumber pages; /* size estimates derived from pg_class */
double tuples;
double allvisfrac;
PlannerInfo *subroot; /* if subquery */
List *subplan_params; /* if subquery */
int rel_parallel_workers; /* wanted number of parallel workers */
Code review for foreign/custom join pushdown patch. Commit e7cb7ee14555cc9c5773e2c102efd6371f6f2005 included some design decisions that seem pretty questionable to me, and there was quite a lot of stuff not to like about the documentation and comments. Clean up as follows: * Consider foreign joins only between foreign tables on the same server, rather than between any two foreign tables with the same underlying FDW handler function. In most if not all cases, the FDW would simply have had to apply the same-server restriction itself (far more expensively, both for lack of caching and because it would be repeated for each combination of input sub-joins), or else risk nasty bugs. Anyone who's really intent on doing something outside this restriction can always use the set_join_pathlist_hook. * Rename fdw_ps_tlist/custom_ps_tlist to fdw_scan_tlist/custom_scan_tlist to better reflect what they're for, and allow these custom scan tlists to be used even for base relations. * Change make_foreignscan() API to include passing the fdw_scan_tlist value, since the FDW is required to set that. Backwards compatibility doesn't seem like an adequate reason to expect FDWs to set it in some ad-hoc extra step, and anyway existing FDWs can just pass NIL. * Change the API of path-generating subroutines of add_paths_to_joinrel, and in particular that of GetForeignJoinPaths and set_join_pathlist_hook, so that various less-used parameters are passed in a struct rather than as separate parameter-list entries. The objective here is to reduce the probability that future additions to those parameter lists will result in source-level API breaks for users of these hooks. It's possible that this is even a small win for the core code, since most CPU architectures can't pass more than half a dozen parameters efficiently anyway. I kept root, joinrel, outerrel, innerrel, and jointype as separate parameters to reduce code churn in joinpath.c --- in particular, putting jointype into the struct would have been problematic because of the subroutines' habit of changing their local copies of that variable. * Avoid ad-hocery in ExecAssignScanProjectionInfo. It was probably all right for it to know about IndexOnlyScan, but if the list is to grow we should refactor the knowledge out to the callers. * Restore nodeForeignscan.c's previous use of the relcache to avoid extra GetFdwRoutine lookups for base-relation scans. * Lots of cleanup of documentation and missed comments. Re-order some code additions into more logical places.
2015-05-10 20:36:30 +02:00
/* Information about foreign tables and foreign joins */
Oid serverid; /* identifies server for the table or join */
Avoid invalidating all foreign-join cached plans when user mappings change. We must not push down a foreign join when the foreign tables involved should be accessed under different user mappings. Previously we tried to enforce that rule literally during planning, but that meant that the resulting plans were dependent on the current contents of the pg_user_mapping catalog, and we had to blow away all cached plans containing any remote join when anything at all changed in pg_user_mapping. This could have been improved somewhat, but the fact that a syscache inval callback has very limited info about what changed made it hard to do better within that design. Instead, let's change the planner to not consider user mappings per se, but to allow a foreign join if both RTEs have the same checkAsUser value. If they do, then they necessarily will use the same user mapping at runtime, and we don't need to know specifically which one that is. Post-plan-time changes in pg_user_mapping no longer require any plan invalidation. This rule does give up some optimization ability, to wit where two foreign table references come from views with different owners or one's from a view and one's directly in the query, but nonetheless the same user mapping would have applied. We'll sacrifice the first case, but to not regress more than we have to in the second case, allow a foreign join involving both zero and nonzero checkAsUser values if the nonzero one is the same as the prevailing effective userID. In that case, mark the plan as only runnable by that userID. The plancache code already had a notion of plans being userID-specific, in order to support RLS. It was a little confused though, in particular lacking clarity of thought as to whether it was the rewritten query or just the finished plan that's dependent on the userID. Rearrange that code so that it's clearer what depends on which, and so that the same logic applies to both RLS-injected role dependency and foreign-join-injected role dependency. Note that this patch doesn't remove the other issue mentioned in the original complaint, which is that while we'll reliably stop using a foreign join if it's disallowed in a new context, we might fail to start using a foreign join if it's now allowed, but we previously created a generic cached plan that didn't use one. It was agreed that the chance of winning that way was not high enough to justify the much larger number of plan invalidations that would have to occur if we tried to cause it to happen. In passing, clean up randomly-varying spelling of EXPLAIN commands in postgres_fdw.sql, and fix a COSTS ON example that had been allowed to leak into the committed tests. This reverts most of commits fbe5a3fb7 and 5d4171d1c, which were the previous attempt at ensuring we wouldn't push down foreign joins that span permissions contexts. Etsuro Fujita and Tom Lane Discussion: <d49c1e5b-f059-20f4-c132-e9752ee0113e@lab.ntt.co.jp>
2016-07-15 23:22:56 +02:00
Oid userid; /* identifies user to check access as */
bool useridiscurrent; /* join is only valid for current user */
Revise FDW planning API, again. Further reflection shows that a single callback isn't very workable if we desire to let FDWs generate multiple Paths, because that forces the FDW to do all work necessary to generate a valid Plan node for each Path. Instead split the former PlanForeignScan API into three steps: GetForeignRelSize, GetForeignPaths, GetForeignPlan. We had already bit the bullet of breaking the 9.1 FDW API for 9.2, so this shouldn't cause very much additional pain, and it's substantially more flexible for complex FDWs. Add an fdw_private field to RelOptInfo so that the new functions can save state there rather than possibly having to recalculate information two or three times. In addition, we'd not thought through what would be needed to allow an FDW to set up subexpressions of its choice for runtime execution. We could treat ForeignScan.fdw_private as an executable expression but that seems likely to break existing FDWs unnecessarily (in particular, it would restrict the set of node types allowable in fdw_private to those supported by expression_tree_walker). Instead, invent a separate field fdw_exprs which will receive the postprocessing appropriate for expression trees. (One field is enough since it can be a list of expressions; also, we assume the corresponding expression state tree(s) will be held within fdw_state, so we don't need to add anything to ForeignScanState.) Per review of Hanada Shigeru's pgsql_fdw patch. We may need to tweak this further as we continue to work on that patch, but to me it feels a lot closer to being right now.
2012-03-09 18:48:48 +01:00
/* use "struct FdwRoutine" to avoid including fdwapi.h here */
Code review for foreign/custom join pushdown patch. Commit e7cb7ee14555cc9c5773e2c102efd6371f6f2005 included some design decisions that seem pretty questionable to me, and there was quite a lot of stuff not to like about the documentation and comments. Clean up as follows: * Consider foreign joins only between foreign tables on the same server, rather than between any two foreign tables with the same underlying FDW handler function. In most if not all cases, the FDW would simply have had to apply the same-server restriction itself (far more expensively, both for lack of caching and because it would be repeated for each combination of input sub-joins), or else risk nasty bugs. Anyone who's really intent on doing something outside this restriction can always use the set_join_pathlist_hook. * Rename fdw_ps_tlist/custom_ps_tlist to fdw_scan_tlist/custom_scan_tlist to better reflect what they're for, and allow these custom scan tlists to be used even for base relations. * Change make_foreignscan() API to include passing the fdw_scan_tlist value, since the FDW is required to set that. Backwards compatibility doesn't seem like an adequate reason to expect FDWs to set it in some ad-hoc extra step, and anyway existing FDWs can just pass NIL. * Change the API of path-generating subroutines of add_paths_to_joinrel, and in particular that of GetForeignJoinPaths and set_join_pathlist_hook, so that various less-used parameters are passed in a struct rather than as separate parameter-list entries. The objective here is to reduce the probability that future additions to those parameter lists will result in source-level API breaks for users of these hooks. It's possible that this is even a small win for the core code, since most CPU architectures can't pass more than half a dozen parameters efficiently anyway. I kept root, joinrel, outerrel, innerrel, and jointype as separate parameters to reduce code churn in joinpath.c --- in particular, putting jointype into the struct would have been problematic because of the subroutines' habit of changing their local copies of that variable. * Avoid ad-hocery in ExecAssignScanProjectionInfo. It was probably all right for it to know about IndexOnlyScan, but if the list is to grow we should refactor the knowledge out to the callers. * Restore nodeForeignscan.c's previous use of the relcache to avoid extra GetFdwRoutine lookups for base-relation scans. * Lots of cleanup of documentation and missed comments. Re-order some code additions into more logical places.
2015-05-10 20:36:30 +02:00
struct FdwRoutine *fdwroutine;
void *fdw_private;
/* cache space for remembering if we have proven this relation unique */
2017-06-21 20:39:04 +02:00
List *unique_for_rels; /* known unique for these other relid
* set(s) */
List *non_unique_for_rels; /* known not unique for these set(s) */
/* used by various scans and joins: */
Phase 2 of pgindent updates. Change pg_bsd_indent to follow upstream rules for placement of comments to the right of code, and remove pgindent hack that caused comments following #endif to not obey the general rule. Commit e3860ffa4dd0dad0dd9eea4be9cc1412373a8c89 wasn't actually using the published version of pg_bsd_indent, but a hacked-up version that tried to minimize the amount of movement of comments to the right of code. The situation of interest is where such a comment has to be moved to the right of its default placement at column 33 because there's code there. BSD indent has always moved right in units of tab stops in such cases --- but in the previous incarnation, indent was working in 8-space tab stops, while now it knows we use 4-space tabs. So the net result is that in about half the cases, such comments are placed one tab stop left of before. This is better all around: it leaves more room on the line for comment text, and it means that in such cases the comment uniformly starts at the next 4-space tab stop after the code, rather than sometimes one and sometimes two tabs after. Also, ensure that comments following #endif are indented the same as comments following other preprocessor commands such as #else. That inconsistency turns out to have been self-inflicted damage from a poorly-thought-through post-indent "fixup" in pgindent. This patch is much less interesting than the first round of indent changes, but also bulkier, so I thought it best to separate the effects. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1dAmxK-0006EE-1r@gemulon.postgresql.org Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/30527.1495162840@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-06-21 21:18:54 +02:00
List *baserestrictinfo; /* RestrictInfo structures (if base rel) */
QualCost baserestrictcost; /* cost of evaluating the above */
Index baserestrict_min_security; /* min security_level found in
* baserestrictinfo */
List *joininfo; /* RestrictInfo structures for join clauses
* involving this rel */
Phase 2 of pgindent updates. Change pg_bsd_indent to follow upstream rules for placement of comments to the right of code, and remove pgindent hack that caused comments following #endif to not obey the general rule. Commit e3860ffa4dd0dad0dd9eea4be9cc1412373a8c89 wasn't actually using the published version of pg_bsd_indent, but a hacked-up version that tried to minimize the amount of movement of comments to the right of code. The situation of interest is where such a comment has to be moved to the right of its default placement at column 33 because there's code there. BSD indent has always moved right in units of tab stops in such cases --- but in the previous incarnation, indent was working in 8-space tab stops, while now it knows we use 4-space tabs. So the net result is that in about half the cases, such comments are placed one tab stop left of before. This is better all around: it leaves more room on the line for comment text, and it means that in such cases the comment uniformly starts at the next 4-space tab stop after the code, rather than sometimes one and sometimes two tabs after. Also, ensure that comments following #endif are indented the same as comments following other preprocessor commands such as #else. That inconsistency turns out to have been self-inflicted damage from a poorly-thought-through post-indent "fixup" in pgindent. This patch is much less interesting than the first round of indent changes, but also bulkier, so I thought it best to separate the effects. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1dAmxK-0006EE-1r@gemulon.postgresql.org Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/30527.1495162840@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-06-21 21:18:54 +02:00
bool has_eclass_joins; /* T means joininfo is incomplete */
Disable support for partitionwise joins in problematic cases. Commit f49842d, which added support for partitionwise joins, built the child's tlist by applying adjust_appendrel_attrs() to the parent's. So in the case where the parent's included a whole-row Var for the parent, the child's contained a ConvertRowtypeExpr. To cope with that, that commit added code to the planner, such as setrefs.c, but some code paths still assumed that the tlist for a scan (or join) rel would only include Vars and PlaceHolderVars, which was true before that commit, causing errors: * When creating an explicit sort node for an input path for a mergejoin path for a child join, prepare_sort_from_pathkeys() threw the 'could not find pathkey item to sort' error. * When deparsing a relation participating in a pushed down child join as a subquery in contrib/postgres_fdw, get_relation_column_alias_ids() threw the 'unexpected expression in subquery output' error. * When performing set_plan_references() on a local join plan generated by contrib/postgres_fdw for EvalPlanQual support for a pushed down child join, fix_join_expr() threw the 'variable not found in subplan target lists' error. To fix these, two approaches have been proposed: one by Ashutosh Bapat and one by me. While the former keeps building the child's tlist with a ConvertRowtypeExpr, the latter builds it with a whole-row Var for the child not to violate the planner assumption, and tries to fix it up later, But both approaches need more work, so refuse to generate partitionwise join paths when whole-row Vars are involved, instead. We don't need to handle ConvertRowtypeExprs in the child's tlists for now, so this commit also removes the changes to the planner. Previously, partitionwise join computed attr_needed data for each child separately, and built the child join's tlist using that data, which also required an extra step for adding PlaceHolderVars to that tlist, but it would be more efficient to build it from the parent join's tlist through the adjust_appendrel_attrs() transformation. So this commit builds that list that way, and simplifies build_joinrel_tlist() and placeholder.c as well as part of set_append_rel_size() to basically what they were before partitionwise join went in. Back-patch to PG11 where partitionwise join was introduced. Report by Rajkumar Raghuwanshi. Analysis by Ashutosh Bapat, who also provided some of regression tests. Patch by me, reviewed by Robert Haas. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKcux6ktu-8tefLWtQuuZBYFaZA83vUzuRd7c1YHC-yEWyYFpg@mail.gmail.com
2018-08-31 13:34:06 +02:00
/* used by partitionwise joins: */
bool consider_partitionwise_join; /* consider partitionwise join
* paths? (if partitioned rel) */
Disable support for partitionwise joins in problematic cases. Commit f49842d, which added support for partitionwise joins, built the child's tlist by applying adjust_appendrel_attrs() to the parent's. So in the case where the parent's included a whole-row Var for the parent, the child's contained a ConvertRowtypeExpr. To cope with that, that commit added code to the planner, such as setrefs.c, but some code paths still assumed that the tlist for a scan (or join) rel would only include Vars and PlaceHolderVars, which was true before that commit, causing errors: * When creating an explicit sort node for an input path for a mergejoin path for a child join, prepare_sort_from_pathkeys() threw the 'could not find pathkey item to sort' error. * When deparsing a relation participating in a pushed down child join as a subquery in contrib/postgres_fdw, get_relation_column_alias_ids() threw the 'unexpected expression in subquery output' error. * When performing set_plan_references() on a local join plan generated by contrib/postgres_fdw for EvalPlanQual support for a pushed down child join, fix_join_expr() threw the 'variable not found in subplan target lists' error. To fix these, two approaches have been proposed: one by Ashutosh Bapat and one by me. While the former keeps building the child's tlist with a ConvertRowtypeExpr, the latter builds it with a whole-row Var for the child not to violate the planner assumption, and tries to fix it up later, But both approaches need more work, so refuse to generate partitionwise join paths when whole-row Vars are involved, instead. We don't need to handle ConvertRowtypeExprs in the child's tlists for now, so this commit also removes the changes to the planner. Previously, partitionwise join computed attr_needed data for each child separately, and built the child join's tlist using that data, which also required an extra step for adding PlaceHolderVars to that tlist, but it would be more efficient to build it from the parent join's tlist through the adjust_appendrel_attrs() transformation. So this commit builds that list that way, and simplifies build_joinrel_tlist() and placeholder.c as well as part of set_append_rel_size() to basically what they were before partitionwise join went in. Back-patch to PG11 where partitionwise join was introduced. Report by Rajkumar Raghuwanshi. Analysis by Ashutosh Bapat, who also provided some of regression tests. Patch by me, reviewed by Robert Haas. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAKcux6ktu-8tefLWtQuuZBYFaZA83vUzuRd7c1YHC-yEWyYFpg@mail.gmail.com
2018-08-31 13:34:06 +02:00
Relids top_parent_relids; /* Relids of topmost parents (if "other"
* rel) */
/* used for partitioned relations */
PartitionScheme part_scheme; /* Partitioning scheme. */
int nparts; /* number of partitions */
struct PartitionBoundInfoData *boundinfo; /* Partition bounds */
List *partition_qual; /* partition constraint */
struct RelOptInfo **part_rels; /* Array of RelOptInfos of partitions,
* stored in the same order of bounds */
Basic partition-wise join functionality. Instead of joining two partitioned tables in their entirety we can, if it is an equi-join on the partition keys, join the matching partitions individually. This involves teaching the planner about "other join" rels, which are related to regular join rels in the same way that other member rels are related to baserels. This can use significantly more CPU time and memory than regular join planning, because there may now be a set of "other" rels not only for every base relation but also for every join relation. In most practical cases, this probably shouldn't be a problem, because (1) it's probably unusual to join many tables each with many partitions using the partition keys for all joins and (2) if you do that scenario then you probably have a big enough machine to handle the increased memory cost of planning and (3) the resulting plan is highly likely to be better, so what you spend in planning you'll make up on the execution side. All the same, for now, turn this feature off by default. Currently, we can only perform joins between two tables whose partitioning schemes are absolutely identical. It would be nice to cope with other scenarios, such as extra partitions on one side or the other with no match on the other side, but that will have to wait for a future patch. Ashutosh Bapat, reviewed and tested by Rajkumar Raghuwanshi, Amit Langote, Rafia Sabih, Thomas Munro, Dilip Kumar, Antonin Houska, Amit Khandekar, and by me. A few final adjustments by me. Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAFjFpRfQ8GrQvzp3jA2wnLqrHmaXna-urjm_UY9BqXj=EaDTSA@mail.gmail.com Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAFjFpRcitjfrULr5jfuKWRPsGUX0LQ0k8-yG0Qw2+1LBGNpMdw@mail.gmail.com
2017-10-06 17:11:10 +02:00
List **partexprs; /* Non-nullable partition key expressions. */
List **nullable_partexprs; /* Nullable partition key expressions. */
List *partitioned_child_rels; /* List of RT indexes. */
1999-05-26 00:43:53 +02:00
} RelOptInfo;
Basic partition-wise join functionality. Instead of joining two partitioned tables in their entirety we can, if it is an equi-join on the partition keys, join the matching partitions individually. This involves teaching the planner about "other join" rels, which are related to regular join rels in the same way that other member rels are related to baserels. This can use significantly more CPU time and memory than regular join planning, because there may now be a set of "other" rels not only for every base relation but also for every join relation. In most practical cases, this probably shouldn't be a problem, because (1) it's probably unusual to join many tables each with many partitions using the partition keys for all joins and (2) if you do that scenario then you probably have a big enough machine to handle the increased memory cost of planning and (3) the resulting plan is highly likely to be better, so what you spend in planning you'll make up on the execution side. All the same, for now, turn this feature off by default. Currently, we can only perform joins between two tables whose partitioning schemes are absolutely identical. It would be nice to cope with other scenarios, such as extra partitions on one side or the other with no match on the other side, but that will have to wait for a future patch. Ashutosh Bapat, reviewed and tested by Rajkumar Raghuwanshi, Amit Langote, Rafia Sabih, Thomas Munro, Dilip Kumar, Antonin Houska, Amit Khandekar, and by me. A few final adjustments by me. Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAFjFpRfQ8GrQvzp3jA2wnLqrHmaXna-urjm_UY9BqXj=EaDTSA@mail.gmail.com Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAFjFpRcitjfrULr5jfuKWRPsGUX0LQ0k8-yG0Qw2+1LBGNpMdw@mail.gmail.com
2017-10-06 17:11:10 +02:00
/*
* Is given relation partitioned?
*
* It's not enough to test whether rel->part_scheme is set, because it might
* be that the basic partitioning properties of the input relations matched
* but the partition bounds did not.
*
* We treat dummy relations as unpartitioned. We could alternatively
* treat them as partitioned, but it's not clear whether that's a useful thing
* to do.
Basic partition-wise join functionality. Instead of joining two partitioned tables in their entirety we can, if it is an equi-join on the partition keys, join the matching partitions individually. This involves teaching the planner about "other join" rels, which are related to regular join rels in the same way that other member rels are related to baserels. This can use significantly more CPU time and memory than regular join planning, because there may now be a set of "other" rels not only for every base relation but also for every join relation. In most practical cases, this probably shouldn't be a problem, because (1) it's probably unusual to join many tables each with many partitions using the partition keys for all joins and (2) if you do that scenario then you probably have a big enough machine to handle the increased memory cost of planning and (3) the resulting plan is highly likely to be better, so what you spend in planning you'll make up on the execution side. All the same, for now, turn this feature off by default. Currently, we can only perform joins between two tables whose partitioning schemes are absolutely identical. It would be nice to cope with other scenarios, such as extra partitions on one side or the other with no match on the other side, but that will have to wait for a future patch. Ashutosh Bapat, reviewed and tested by Rajkumar Raghuwanshi, Amit Langote, Rafia Sabih, Thomas Munro, Dilip Kumar, Antonin Houska, Amit Khandekar, and by me. A few final adjustments by me. Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAFjFpRfQ8GrQvzp3jA2wnLqrHmaXna-urjm_UY9BqXj=EaDTSA@mail.gmail.com Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAFjFpRcitjfrULr5jfuKWRPsGUX0LQ0k8-yG0Qw2+1LBGNpMdw@mail.gmail.com
2017-10-06 17:11:10 +02:00
*/
#define IS_PARTITIONED_REL(rel) \
((rel)->part_scheme && (rel)->boundinfo && (rel)->nparts > 0 && \
(rel)->part_rels && !(IS_DUMMY_REL(rel)))
Basic partition-wise join functionality. Instead of joining two partitioned tables in their entirety we can, if it is an equi-join on the partition keys, join the matching partitions individually. This involves teaching the planner about "other join" rels, which are related to regular join rels in the same way that other member rels are related to baserels. This can use significantly more CPU time and memory than regular join planning, because there may now be a set of "other" rels not only for every base relation but also for every join relation. In most practical cases, this probably shouldn't be a problem, because (1) it's probably unusual to join many tables each with many partitions using the partition keys for all joins and (2) if you do that scenario then you probably have a big enough machine to handle the increased memory cost of planning and (3) the resulting plan is highly likely to be better, so what you spend in planning you'll make up on the execution side. All the same, for now, turn this feature off by default. Currently, we can only perform joins between two tables whose partitioning schemes are absolutely identical. It would be nice to cope with other scenarios, such as extra partitions on one side or the other with no match on the other side, but that will have to wait for a future patch. Ashutosh Bapat, reviewed and tested by Rajkumar Raghuwanshi, Amit Langote, Rafia Sabih, Thomas Munro, Dilip Kumar, Antonin Houska, Amit Khandekar, and by me. A few final adjustments by me. Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAFjFpRfQ8GrQvzp3jA2wnLqrHmaXna-urjm_UY9BqXj=EaDTSA@mail.gmail.com Discussion: http://postgr.es/m/CAFjFpRcitjfrULr5jfuKWRPsGUX0LQ0k8-yG0Qw2+1LBGNpMdw@mail.gmail.com
2017-10-06 17:11:10 +02:00
/*
* Convenience macro to make sure that a partitioned relation has all the
* required members set.
*/
#define REL_HAS_ALL_PART_PROPS(rel) \
((rel)->part_scheme && (rel)->boundinfo && (rel)->nparts > 0 && \
(rel)->part_rels && (rel)->partexprs && (rel)->nullable_partexprs)
/*
* IndexOptInfo
* Per-index information for planning/optimization
*
* indexkeys[], indexcollations[] each have ncolumns entries.
* opfamily[], and opcintype[] each have nkeycolumns entries. They do
* not contain any information about included attributes.
*
* sortopfamily[], reverse_sort[], and nulls_first[] have
* nkeycolumns entries, if the index is ordered; but if it is unordered,
* those pointers are NULL.
*
* Zeroes in the indexkeys[] array indicate index columns that are
* expressions; there is one element in indexprs for each such column.
*
* For an ordered index, reverse_sort[] and nulls_first[] describe the
* sort ordering of a forward indexscan; we can also consider a backward
* indexscan, which will generate the reverse ordering.
*
* The indexprs and indpred expressions have been run through
* prepqual.c and eval_const_expressions() for ease of matching to
* WHERE clauses. indpred is in implicit-AND form.
*
* indextlist is a TargetEntry list representing the index columns.
* It provides an equivalent base-relation Var for each simple column,
* and links to the matching indexprs element for each expression column.
Support using index-only scans with partial indexes in more cases. Previously, the planner would reject an index-only scan if any restriction clause for its table used a column not available from the index, even if that restriction clause would later be dropped from the plan entirely because it's implied by the index's predicate. This is a fairly common situation for partial indexes because predicates using columns not included in the index are often the most useful kind of predicate, and we have to duplicate (or at least imply) the predicate in the WHERE clause in order to get the index to be considered at all. So index-only scans were essentially unavailable with such partial indexes. To fix, we have to do detection of implied-by-predicate clauses much earlier in the planner. This patch puts it in check_index_predicates (nee check_partial_indexes), meaning it gets done for every partial index, whereas we previously only considered this issue at createplan time, so that the work was only done for an index actually selected for use. That could result in a noticeable planning slowdown for queries against tables with many partial indexes. However, testing suggested that there isn't really a significant cost, especially not with reasonable numbers of partial indexes. We do get a small additional benefit, which is that cost_index is more accurate since it correctly discounts the evaluation cost of clauses that will be removed. We can also avoid considering such clauses as potential indexquals, which saves useless matching cycles in the case where the predicate columns aren't in the index, and prevents generating bogus plans that double-count the clause's selectivity when the columns are in the index. Tomas Vondra and Kyotaro Horiguchi, reviewed by Kevin Grittner and Konstantin Knizhnik, and whacked around a little by me
2016-03-31 20:48:56 +02:00
*
* While most of these fields are filled when the IndexOptInfo is created
* (by plancat.c), indrestrictinfo and predOK are set later, in
* check_index_predicates().
*/
#ifndef HAVE_INDEXOPTINFO_TYPEDEF
typedef struct IndexOptInfo IndexOptInfo;
#define HAVE_INDEXOPTINFO_TYPEDEF 1
#endif
struct IndexOptInfo
{
NodeTag type;
Oid indexoid; /* OID of the index relation */
Oid reltablespace; /* tablespace of index (not table) */
RelOptInfo *rel; /* back-link to index's table */
Redesign the planner's handling of index-descent cost estimation. Historically we've used a couple of very ad-hoc fudge factors to try to get the right results when indexes of different sizes would satisfy a query with the same number of index leaf tuples being visited. In commit 21a39de5809cd3050a37d2554323cc1d0cbeed9d I tweaked one of these fudge factors, with results that proved disastrous for larger indexes. Commit bf01e34b556ff37982ba2d882db424aa484c0d07 fudged it some more, but still with not a lot of principle behind it. What seems like a better way to address these issues is to explicitly model index-descent costs, since that's what's really at stake when considering diferent indexes with similar leaf-page-level costs. We tried that once long ago, and found that charging random_page_cost per page descended through was way too much, because upper btree levels tend to stay in cache in real-world workloads. However, there's still CPU costs to think about, and the previous fudge factors can be seen as a crude attempt to account for those costs. So this patch replaces those fudge factors with explicit charges for the number of tuple comparisons needed to descend the index tree, plus a small charge per page touched in the descent. The cost multipliers are chosen so that the resulting charges are in the vicinity of the historical (pre-9.2) fudge factors for indexes of up to about a million tuples, while not ballooning unreasonably beyond that, as the old fudge factor did (even more so in 9.2). To make this work accurately for btree indexes, add some code that allows extraction of the known root-page height from a btree. There's no equivalent number readily available for other index types, but we can use the log of the number of index pages as an approximate substitute. This seems like too much of a behavioral change to risk back-patching, but it should improve matters going forward. In 9.2 I'll just revert the fudge-factor change.
2013-01-11 18:56:58 +01:00
/* index-size statistics (from pg_class and elsewhere) */
2005-10-15 04:49:52 +02:00
BlockNumber pages; /* number of disk pages in index */
double tuples; /* number of index tuples in index */
Redesign the planner's handling of index-descent cost estimation. Historically we've used a couple of very ad-hoc fudge factors to try to get the right results when indexes of different sizes would satisfy a query with the same number of index leaf tuples being visited. In commit 21a39de5809cd3050a37d2554323cc1d0cbeed9d I tweaked one of these fudge factors, with results that proved disastrous for larger indexes. Commit bf01e34b556ff37982ba2d882db424aa484c0d07 fudged it some more, but still with not a lot of principle behind it. What seems like a better way to address these issues is to explicitly model index-descent costs, since that's what's really at stake when considering diferent indexes with similar leaf-page-level costs. We tried that once long ago, and found that charging random_page_cost per page descended through was way too much, because upper btree levels tend to stay in cache in real-world workloads. However, there's still CPU costs to think about, and the previous fudge factors can be seen as a crude attempt to account for those costs. So this patch replaces those fudge factors with explicit charges for the number of tuple comparisons needed to descend the index tree, plus a small charge per page touched in the descent. The cost multipliers are chosen so that the resulting charges are in the vicinity of the historical (pre-9.2) fudge factors for indexes of up to about a million tuples, while not ballooning unreasonably beyond that, as the old fudge factor did (even more so in 9.2). To make this work accurately for btree indexes, add some code that allows extraction of the known root-page height from a btree. There's no equivalent number readily available for other index types, but we can use the log of the number of index pages as an approximate substitute. This seems like too much of a behavioral change to risk back-patching, but it should improve matters going forward. In 9.2 I'll just revert the fudge-factor change.
2013-01-11 18:56:58 +01:00
int tree_height; /* index tree height, or -1 if unknown */
/* index descriptor information */
int ncolumns; /* number of columns in index */
int nkeycolumns; /* number of key columns in index */
int *indexkeys; /* column numbers of index's attributes both
* key and included columns, or 0 */
Oid *indexcollations; /* OIDs of collations of index columns */
Oid *opfamily; /* OIDs of operator families for columns */
Oid *opcintype; /* OIDs of opclass declared input data types */
Oid *sortopfamily; /* OIDs of btree opfamilies, if orderable */
bool *reverse_sort; /* is sort order descending? */
bool *nulls_first; /* do NULLs come first in the sort order? */
bool *canreturn; /* which index cols can be returned in an
Code review for foreign/custom join pushdown patch. Commit e7cb7ee14555cc9c5773e2c102efd6371f6f2005 included some design decisions that seem pretty questionable to me, and there was quite a lot of stuff not to like about the documentation and comments. Clean up as follows: * Consider foreign joins only between foreign tables on the same server, rather than between any two foreign tables with the same underlying FDW handler function. In most if not all cases, the FDW would simply have had to apply the same-server restriction itself (far more expensively, both for lack of caching and because it would be repeated for each combination of input sub-joins), or else risk nasty bugs. Anyone who's really intent on doing something outside this restriction can always use the set_join_pathlist_hook. * Rename fdw_ps_tlist/custom_ps_tlist to fdw_scan_tlist/custom_scan_tlist to better reflect what they're for, and allow these custom scan tlists to be used even for base relations. * Change make_foreignscan() API to include passing the fdw_scan_tlist value, since the FDW is required to set that. Backwards compatibility doesn't seem like an adequate reason to expect FDWs to set it in some ad-hoc extra step, and anyway existing FDWs can just pass NIL. * Change the API of path-generating subroutines of add_paths_to_joinrel, and in particular that of GetForeignJoinPaths and set_join_pathlist_hook, so that various less-used parameters are passed in a struct rather than as separate parameter-list entries. The objective here is to reduce the probability that future additions to those parameter lists will result in source-level API breaks for users of these hooks. It's possible that this is even a small win for the core code, since most CPU architectures can't pass more than half a dozen parameters efficiently anyway. I kept root, joinrel, outerrel, innerrel, and jointype as separate parameters to reduce code churn in joinpath.c --- in particular, putting jointype into the struct would have been problematic because of the subroutines' habit of changing their local copies of that variable. * Avoid ad-hocery in ExecAssignScanProjectionInfo. It was probably all right for it to know about IndexOnlyScan, but if the list is to grow we should refactor the knowledge out to the callers. * Restore nodeForeignscan.c's previous use of the relcache to avoid extra GetFdwRoutine lookups for base-relation scans. * Lots of cleanup of documentation and missed comments. Re-order some code additions into more logical places.
2015-05-10 20:36:30 +02:00
* index-only scan? */
Oid relam; /* OID of the access method (in pg_am) */
2005-10-15 04:49:52 +02:00
List *indexprs; /* expressions for non-simple index columns */
List *indpred; /* predicate if a partial index, else NIL */
List *indextlist; /* targetlist representing index columns */
2017-06-21 20:39:04 +02:00
List *indrestrictinfo; /* parent relation's baserestrictinfo
* list, less any conditions implied by
* the index's predicate (unless it's a
* target rel, see comments in
* check_index_predicates()) */
Support using index-only scans with partial indexes in more cases. Previously, the planner would reject an index-only scan if any restriction clause for its table used a column not available from the index, even if that restriction clause would later be dropped from the plan entirely because it's implied by the index's predicate. This is a fairly common situation for partial indexes because predicates using columns not included in the index are often the most useful kind of predicate, and we have to duplicate (or at least imply) the predicate in the WHERE clause in order to get the index to be considered at all. So index-only scans were essentially unavailable with such partial indexes. To fix, we have to do detection of implied-by-predicate clauses much earlier in the planner. This patch puts it in check_index_predicates (nee check_partial_indexes), meaning it gets done for every partial index, whereas we previously only considered this issue at createplan time, so that the work was only done for an index actually selected for use. That could result in a noticeable planning slowdown for queries against tables with many partial indexes. However, testing suggested that there isn't really a significant cost, especially not with reasonable numbers of partial indexes. We do get a small additional benefit, which is that cost_index is more accurate since it correctly discounts the evaluation cost of clauses that will be removed. We can also avoid considering such clauses as potential indexquals, which saves useless matching cycles in the case where the predicate columns aren't in the index, and prevents generating bogus plans that double-count the clause's selectivity when the columns are in the index. Tomas Vondra and Kyotaro Horiguchi, reviewed by Kevin Grittner and Konstantin Knizhnik, and whacked around a little by me
2016-03-31 20:48:56 +02:00
bool predOK; /* true if index predicate matches query */
bool unique; /* true if a unique index */
bool immediate; /* is uniqueness enforced immediately? */
bool hypothetical; /* true if index doesn't really exist */
/* Remaining fields are copied from the index AM's API struct: */
2011-04-10 17:42:00 +02:00
bool amcanorderbyop; /* does AM support order by operator result? */
bool amoptionalkey; /* can query omit key for the first column? */
bool amsearcharray; /* can AM handle ScalarArrayOpExpr quals? */
bool amsearchnulls; /* can AM search for NULL/NOT NULL entries? */
bool amhasgettuple; /* does AM have amgettuple interface? */
bool amhasgetbitmap; /* does AM have amgetbitmap interface? */
bool amcanparallel; /* does AM support parallel scan? */
/* Rather than include amapi.h here, we declare amcostestimate like this */
void (*amcostestimate) (); /* AM's cost estimator */
};
/*
* ForeignKeyOptInfo
* Per-foreign-key information for planning/optimization
*
* The per-FK-column arrays can be fixed-size because we allow at most
* INDEX_MAX_KEYS columns in a foreign key constraint. Each array has
* nkeys valid entries.
*/
typedef struct ForeignKeyOptInfo
{
NodeTag type;
/* Basic data about the foreign key (fetched from catalogs): */
Index con_relid; /* RT index of the referencing table */
Index ref_relid; /* RT index of the referenced table */
int nkeys; /* number of columns in the foreign key */
AttrNumber conkey[INDEX_MAX_KEYS]; /* cols in referencing table */
Phase 2 of pgindent updates. Change pg_bsd_indent to follow upstream rules for placement of comments to the right of code, and remove pgindent hack that caused comments following #endif to not obey the general rule. Commit e3860ffa4dd0dad0dd9eea4be9cc1412373a8c89 wasn't actually using the published version of pg_bsd_indent, but a hacked-up version that tried to minimize the amount of movement of comments to the right of code. The situation of interest is where such a comment has to be moved to the right of its default placement at column 33 because there's code there. BSD indent has always moved right in units of tab stops in such cases --- but in the previous incarnation, indent was working in 8-space tab stops, while now it knows we use 4-space tabs. So the net result is that in about half the cases, such comments are placed one tab stop left of before. This is better all around: it leaves more room on the line for comment text, and it means that in such cases the comment uniformly starts at the next 4-space tab stop after the code, rather than sometimes one and sometimes two tabs after. Also, ensure that comments following #endif are indented the same as comments following other preprocessor commands such as #else. That inconsistency turns out to have been self-inflicted damage from a poorly-thought-through post-indent "fixup" in pgindent. This patch is much less interesting than the first round of indent changes, but also bulkier, so I thought it best to separate the effects. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1dAmxK-0006EE-1r@gemulon.postgresql.org Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/30527.1495162840@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-06-21 21:18:54 +02:00
AttrNumber confkey[INDEX_MAX_KEYS]; /* cols in referenced table */
Oid conpfeqop[INDEX_MAX_KEYS]; /* PK = FK operator OIDs */
/* Derived info about whether FK's equality conditions match the query: */
int nmatched_ec; /* # of FK cols matched by ECs */
int nmatched_rcols; /* # of FK cols matched by non-EC rinfos */
int nmatched_ri; /* total # of non-EC rinfos matched to FK */
/* Pointer to eclass matching each column's condition, if there is one */
struct EquivalenceClass *eclass[INDEX_MAX_KEYS];
/* List of non-EC RestrictInfos matching each column's condition */
List *rinfos[INDEX_MAX_KEYS];
Avoid invalidating all foreign-join cached plans when user mappings change. We must not push down a foreign join when the foreign tables involved should be accessed under different user mappings. Previously we tried to enforce that rule literally during planning, but that meant that the resulting plans were dependent on the current contents of the pg_user_mapping catalog, and we had to blow away all cached plans containing any remote join when anything at all changed in pg_user_mapping. This could have been improved somewhat, but the fact that a syscache inval callback has very limited info about what changed made it hard to do better within that design. Instead, let's change the planner to not consider user mappings per se, but to allow a foreign join if both RTEs have the same checkAsUser value. If they do, then they necessarily will use the same user mapping at runtime, and we don't need to know specifically which one that is. Post-plan-time changes in pg_user_mapping no longer require any plan invalidation. This rule does give up some optimization ability, to wit where two foreign table references come from views with different owners or one's from a view and one's directly in the query, but nonetheless the same user mapping would have applied. We'll sacrifice the first case, but to not regress more than we have to in the second case, allow a foreign join involving both zero and nonzero checkAsUser values if the nonzero one is the same as the prevailing effective userID. In that case, mark the plan as only runnable by that userID. The plancache code already had a notion of plans being userID-specific, in order to support RLS. It was a little confused though, in particular lacking clarity of thought as to whether it was the rewritten query or just the finished plan that's dependent on the userID. Rearrange that code so that it's clearer what depends on which, and so that the same logic applies to both RLS-injected role dependency and foreign-join-injected role dependency. Note that this patch doesn't remove the other issue mentioned in the original complaint, which is that while we'll reliably stop using a foreign join if it's disallowed in a new context, we might fail to start using a foreign join if it's now allowed, but we previously created a generic cached plan that didn't use one. It was agreed that the chance of winning that way was not high enough to justify the much larger number of plan invalidations that would have to occur if we tried to cause it to happen. In passing, clean up randomly-varying spelling of EXPLAIN commands in postgres_fdw.sql, and fix a COSTS ON example that had been allowed to leak into the committed tests. This reverts most of commits fbe5a3fb7 and 5d4171d1c, which were the previous attempt at ensuring we wouldn't push down foreign joins that span permissions contexts. Etsuro Fujita and Tom Lane Discussion: <d49c1e5b-f059-20f4-c132-e9752ee0113e@lab.ntt.co.jp>
2016-07-15 23:22:56 +02:00
} ForeignKeyOptInfo;
Implement multivariate n-distinct coefficients Add support for explicitly declared statistic objects (CREATE STATISTICS), allowing collection of statistics on more complex combinations that individual table columns. Companion commands DROP STATISTICS and ALTER STATISTICS ... OWNER TO / SET SCHEMA / RENAME are added too. All this DDL has been designed so that more statistic types can be added later on, such as multivariate most-common-values and multivariate histograms between columns of a single table, leaving room for permitting columns on multiple tables, too, as well as expressions. This commit only adds support for collection of n-distinct coefficient on user-specified sets of columns in a single table. This is useful to estimate number of distinct groups in GROUP BY and DISTINCT clauses; estimation errors there can cause over-allocation of memory in hashed aggregates, for instance, so it's a worthwhile problem to solve. A new special pseudo-type pg_ndistinct is used. (num-distinct estimation was deemed sufficiently useful by itself that this is worthwhile even if no further statistic types are added immediately; so much so that another version of essentially the same functionality was submitted by Kyotaro Horiguchi: https://postgr.es/m/20150828.173334.114731693.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp though this commit does not use that code.) Author: Tomas Vondra. Some code rework by Álvaro. Reviewed-by: Dean Rasheed, David Rowley, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Jeff Janes, Ideriha Takeshi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/543AFA15.4080608@fuzzy.cz https://postgr.es/m/20170320190220.ixlaueanxegqd5gr@alvherre.pgsql
2017-03-24 18:06:10 +01:00
/*
* StatisticExtInfo
* Information about extended statistics for planning/optimization
*
* Each pg_statistic_ext row is represented by one or more nodes of this
* type, or even zero if ANALYZE has not computed them.
Implement multivariate n-distinct coefficients Add support for explicitly declared statistic objects (CREATE STATISTICS), allowing collection of statistics on more complex combinations that individual table columns. Companion commands DROP STATISTICS and ALTER STATISTICS ... OWNER TO / SET SCHEMA / RENAME are added too. All this DDL has been designed so that more statistic types can be added later on, such as multivariate most-common-values and multivariate histograms between columns of a single table, leaving room for permitting columns on multiple tables, too, as well as expressions. This commit only adds support for collection of n-distinct coefficient on user-specified sets of columns in a single table. This is useful to estimate number of distinct groups in GROUP BY and DISTINCT clauses; estimation errors there can cause over-allocation of memory in hashed aggregates, for instance, so it's a worthwhile problem to solve. A new special pseudo-type pg_ndistinct is used. (num-distinct estimation was deemed sufficiently useful by itself that this is worthwhile even if no further statistic types are added immediately; so much so that another version of essentially the same functionality was submitted by Kyotaro Horiguchi: https://postgr.es/m/20150828.173334.114731693.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp though this commit does not use that code.) Author: Tomas Vondra. Some code rework by Álvaro. Reviewed-by: Dean Rasheed, David Rowley, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Jeff Janes, Ideriha Takeshi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/543AFA15.4080608@fuzzy.cz https://postgr.es/m/20170320190220.ixlaueanxegqd5gr@alvherre.pgsql
2017-03-24 18:06:10 +01:00
*/
typedef struct StatisticExtInfo
{
NodeTag type;
Oid statOid; /* OID of the statistics row */
RelOptInfo *rel; /* back-link to statistic's table */
Implement multivariate n-distinct coefficients Add support for explicitly declared statistic objects (CREATE STATISTICS), allowing collection of statistics on more complex combinations that individual table columns. Companion commands DROP STATISTICS and ALTER STATISTICS ... OWNER TO / SET SCHEMA / RENAME are added too. All this DDL has been designed so that more statistic types can be added later on, such as multivariate most-common-values and multivariate histograms between columns of a single table, leaving room for permitting columns on multiple tables, too, as well as expressions. This commit only adds support for collection of n-distinct coefficient on user-specified sets of columns in a single table. This is useful to estimate number of distinct groups in GROUP BY and DISTINCT clauses; estimation errors there can cause over-allocation of memory in hashed aggregates, for instance, so it's a worthwhile problem to solve. A new special pseudo-type pg_ndistinct is used. (num-distinct estimation was deemed sufficiently useful by itself that this is worthwhile even if no further statistic types are added immediately; so much so that another version of essentially the same functionality was submitted by Kyotaro Horiguchi: https://postgr.es/m/20150828.173334.114731693.horiguchi.kyotaro@lab.ntt.co.jp though this commit does not use that code.) Author: Tomas Vondra. Some code rework by Álvaro. Reviewed-by: Dean Rasheed, David Rowley, Kyotaro Horiguchi, Jeff Janes, Ideriha Takeshi Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/543AFA15.4080608@fuzzy.cz https://postgr.es/m/20170320190220.ixlaueanxegqd5gr@alvherre.pgsql
2017-03-24 18:06:10 +01:00
char kind; /* statistic kind of this entry */
Bitmapset *keys; /* attnums of the columns covered */
} StatisticExtInfo;
/*
* EquivalenceClasses
*
* Whenever we can determine that a mergejoinable equality clause A = B is
* not delayed by any outer join, we create an EquivalenceClass containing
* the expressions A and B to record this knowledge. If we later find another
* equivalence B = C, we add C to the existing EquivalenceClass; this may
* require merging two existing EquivalenceClasses. At the end of the qual
* distribution process, we have sets of values that are known all transitively
* equal to each other, where "equal" is according to the rules of the btree
* operator family(s) shown in ec_opfamilies, as well as the collation shown
* by ec_collation. (We restrict an EC to contain only equalities whose
* operators belong to the same set of opfamilies. This could probably be
* relaxed, but for now it's not worth the trouble, since nearly all equality
* operators belong to only one btree opclass anyway. Similarly, we suppose
* that all or none of the input datatypes are collatable, so that a single
* collation value is sufficient.)
*
* We also use EquivalenceClasses as the base structure for PathKeys, letting
* us represent knowledge about different sort orderings being equivalent.
* Since every PathKey must reference an EquivalenceClass, we will end up
* with single-member EquivalenceClasses whenever a sort key expression has
* not been equivalenced to anything else. It is also possible that such an
* EquivalenceClass will contain a volatile expression ("ORDER BY random()"),
* which is a case that can't arise otherwise since clauses containing
* volatile functions are never considered mergejoinable. We mark such
* EquivalenceClasses specially to prevent them from being merged with
* ordinary EquivalenceClasses. Also, for volatile expressions we have
* to be careful to match the EquivalenceClass to the correct targetlist
* entry: consider SELECT random() AS a, random() AS b ... ORDER BY b,a.
* So we record the SortGroupRef of the originating sort clause.
*
* We allow equality clauses appearing below the nullable side of an outer join
* to form EquivalenceClasses, but these have a slightly different meaning:
* the included values might be all NULL rather than all the same non-null
* values. See src/backend/optimizer/README for more on that point.
*
* NB: if ec_merged isn't NULL, this class has been merged into another, and
* should be ignored in favor of using the pointed-to class.
*/
typedef struct EquivalenceClass
{
NodeTag type;
2007-11-15 22:14:46 +01:00
List *ec_opfamilies; /* btree operator family OIDs */
Oid ec_collation; /* collation, if datatypes are collatable */
2007-11-15 22:14:46 +01:00
List *ec_members; /* list of EquivalenceMembers */
List *ec_sources; /* list of generating RestrictInfos */
List *ec_derives; /* list of derived RestrictInfos */
Relids ec_relids; /* all relids appearing in ec_members, except
* for child members (see below) */
2007-11-15 22:14:46 +01:00
bool ec_has_const; /* any pseudoconstants in ec_members? */
bool ec_has_volatile; /* the (sole) member is a volatile expr */
bool ec_below_outer_join; /* equivalence applies below an OJ */
2007-11-15 22:14:46 +01:00
bool ec_broken; /* failed to generate needed clauses? */
Index ec_sortref; /* originating sortclause label, or 0 */
Improve RLS planning by marking individual quals with security levels. In an RLS query, we must ensure that security filter quals are evaluated before ordinary query quals, in case the latter contain "leaky" functions that could expose the contents of sensitive rows. The original implementation of RLS planning ensured this by pushing the scan of a secured table into a sub-query that it marked as a security-barrier view. Unfortunately this results in very inefficient plans in many cases, because the sub-query cannot be flattened and gets planned independently of the rest of the query. To fix, drop the use of sub-queries to enforce RLS qual order, and instead mark each qual (RestrictInfo) with a security_level field establishing its priority for evaluation. Quals must be evaluated in security_level order, except that "leakproof" quals can be allowed to go ahead of quals of lower security_level, if it's helpful to do so. This has to be enforced within the ordering of any one list of quals to be evaluated at a table scan node, and we also have to ensure that quals are not chosen for early evaluation (i.e., use as an index qual or TID scan qual) if they're not allowed to go ahead of other quals at the scan node. This is sufficient to fix the problem for RLS quals, since we only support RLS policies on simple tables and thus RLS quals will always exist at the table scan level only. Eventually these qual ordering rules should be enforced for join quals as well, which would permit improving planning for explicit security-barrier views; but that's a task for another patch. Note that FDWs would need to be aware of these rules --- and not, for example, send an insecure qual for remote execution --- but since we do not yet allow RLS policies on foreign tables, the case doesn't arise. This will need to be addressed before we can allow such policies. Patch by me, reviewed by Stephen Frost and Dean Rasheed. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8185.1477432701@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-01-18 18:58:20 +01:00
Index ec_min_security; /* minimum security_level in ec_sources */
Index ec_max_security; /* maximum security_level in ec_sources */
2007-11-15 22:14:46 +01:00
struct EquivalenceClass *ec_merged; /* set if merged into another EC */
} EquivalenceClass;
Fix some planner issues found while investigating Kevin Grittner's report of poorer planning in 8.3 than 8.2: 1. After pushing a constant across an outer join --- ie, given "a LEFT JOIN b ON (a.x = b.y) WHERE a.x = 42", we can deduce that b.y is sort of equal to 42, in the sense that we needn't fetch any b rows where it isn't 42 --- loop to see if any additional deductions can be made. Previous releases did that by recursing, but I had mistakenly thought that this was no longer necessary given the EquivalenceClass machinery. 2. Allow pushing constants across outer join conditions even if the condition is outerjoin_delayed due to a lower outer join. This is safe as long as the condition is strict and we re-test it at the upper join. 3. Keep the outer-join clause even if we successfully push a constant across it. This is *necessary* in the outerjoin_delayed case, but even in the simple case, it seems better to do this to ensure that the join search order heuristics will consider the join as reasonable to make. Mark such a clause as having selectivity 1.0, though, since it's not going to eliminate very many rows after application of the constant condition. 4. Tweak have_relevant_eclass_joinclause to report that two relations are joinable when they have vars that are equated to the same constant. We won't actually generate any joinclause from such an EquivalenceClass, but again it seems that in such a case it's a good idea to consider the join as worth costing out. 5. Fix a bug in select_mergejoin_clauses that was exposed by these changes: we have to reject candidate mergejoin clauses if either side was equated to a constant, because we can't construct a canonical pathkey list for such a clause. This is an implementation restriction that might be worth fixing someday, but it doesn't seem critical to get it done for 8.3.
2008-01-09 21:42:29 +01:00
/*
* If an EC contains a const and isn't below-outer-join, any PathKey depending
* on it must be redundant, since there's only one possible value of the key.
*/
#define EC_MUST_BE_REDUNDANT(eclass) \
((eclass)->ec_has_const && !(eclass)->ec_below_outer_join)
/*
* EquivalenceMember - one member expression of an EquivalenceClass
*
* em_is_child signifies that this element was built by transposing a member
Revisit handling of UNION ALL subqueries with non-Var output columns. In commit 57664ed25e5dea117158a2e663c29e60b3546e1c I tried to fix a bug reported by Teodor Sigaev by making non-simple-Var output columns distinct (by wrapping their expressions with dummy PlaceHolderVar nodes). This did not work too well. Commit b28ffd0fcc583c1811e5295279e7d4366c3cae6c fixed some ensuing problems with matching to child indexes, but per a recent report from Claus Stadler, constraint exclusion of UNION ALL subqueries was still broken, because constant-simplification didn't handle the injected PlaceHolderVars well either. On reflection, the original patch was quite misguided: there is no reason to expect that EquivalenceClass child members will be distinct. So instead of trying to make them so, we should ensure that we can cope with the situation when they're not. Accordingly, this patch reverts the code changes in the above-mentioned commits (though the regression test cases they added stay). Instead, I've added assorted defenses to make sure that duplicate EC child members don't cause any problems. Teodor's original problem ("MergeAppend child's targetlist doesn't match MergeAppend") is addressed more directly by revising prepare_sort_from_pathkeys to let the parent MergeAppend's sort list guide creation of each child's sort list. In passing, get rid of add_sort_column; as far as I can tell, testing for duplicate sort keys at this stage is dead code. Certainly it doesn't trigger often enough to be worth expending cycles on in ordinary queries. And keeping the test would've greatly complicated the new logic in prepare_sort_from_pathkeys, because comparing pathkey list entries against a previous output array requires that we not skip any entries in the list. Back-patch to 9.1, like the previous patches. The only known issue in this area that wasn't caused by the ill-advised previous patches was the MergeAppend planning failure, which of course is not relevant before 9.1. It's possible that we need some of the new defenses against duplicate child EC entries in older branches, but until there's some clear evidence of that I'm going to refrain from back-patching further.
2012-03-16 18:11:12 +01:00
* for an appendrel parent relation to represent the corresponding expression
* for an appendrel child. These members are used for determining the
Revisit handling of UNION ALL subqueries with non-Var output columns. In commit 57664ed25e5dea117158a2e663c29e60b3546e1c I tried to fix a bug reported by Teodor Sigaev by making non-simple-Var output columns distinct (by wrapping their expressions with dummy PlaceHolderVar nodes). This did not work too well. Commit b28ffd0fcc583c1811e5295279e7d4366c3cae6c fixed some ensuing problems with matching to child indexes, but per a recent report from Claus Stadler, constraint exclusion of UNION ALL subqueries was still broken, because constant-simplification didn't handle the injected PlaceHolderVars well either. On reflection, the original patch was quite misguided: there is no reason to expect that EquivalenceClass child members will be distinct. So instead of trying to make them so, we should ensure that we can cope with the situation when they're not. Accordingly, this patch reverts the code changes in the above-mentioned commits (though the regression test cases they added stay). Instead, I've added assorted defenses to make sure that duplicate EC child members don't cause any problems. Teodor's original problem ("MergeAppend child's targetlist doesn't match MergeAppend") is addressed more directly by revising prepare_sort_from_pathkeys to let the parent MergeAppend's sort list guide creation of each child's sort list. In passing, get rid of add_sort_column; as far as I can tell, testing for duplicate sort keys at this stage is dead code. Certainly it doesn't trigger often enough to be worth expending cycles on in ordinary queries. And keeping the test would've greatly complicated the new logic in prepare_sort_from_pathkeys, because comparing pathkey list entries against a previous output array requires that we not skip any entries in the list. Back-patch to 9.1, like the previous patches. The only known issue in this area that wasn't caused by the ill-advised previous patches was the MergeAppend planning failure, which of course is not relevant before 9.1. It's possible that we need some of the new defenses against duplicate child EC entries in older branches, but until there's some clear evidence of that I'm going to refrain from back-patching further.
2012-03-16 18:11:12 +01:00
* pathkeys of scans on the child relation and for explicitly sorting the
* child when necessary to build a MergeAppend path for the whole appendrel
* tree. An em_is_child member has no impact on the properties of the EC as a
* whole; in particular the EC's ec_relids field does NOT include the child
* relation. An em_is_child member should never be marked em_is_const nor
* cause ec_has_const or ec_has_volatile to be set, either. Thus, em_is_child
* members are not really full-fledged members of the EC, but just reflections
* or doppelgangers of real members. Most operations on EquivalenceClasses
* should ignore em_is_child members, and those that don't should test
* em_relids to make sure they only consider relevant members.
*
* em_datatype is usually the same as exprType(em_expr), but can be
* different when dealing with a binary-compatible opfamily; in particular
* anyarray_ops would never work without this. Use em_datatype when
* looking up a specific btree operator to work with this expression.
*/
typedef struct EquivalenceMember
{
NodeTag type;
Expr *em_expr; /* the expression represented */
Relids em_relids; /* all relids appearing in em_expr */
Phase 2 of pgindent updates. Change pg_bsd_indent to follow upstream rules for placement of comments to the right of code, and remove pgindent hack that caused comments following #endif to not obey the general rule. Commit e3860ffa4dd0dad0dd9eea4be9cc1412373a8c89 wasn't actually using the published version of pg_bsd_indent, but a hacked-up version that tried to minimize the amount of movement of comments to the right of code. The situation of interest is where such a comment has to be moved to the right of its default placement at column 33 because there's code there. BSD indent has always moved right in units of tab stops in such cases --- but in the previous incarnation, indent was working in 8-space tab stops, while now it knows we use 4-space tabs. So the net result is that in about half the cases, such comments are placed one tab stop left of before. This is better all around: it leaves more room on the line for comment text, and it means that in such cases the comment uniformly starts at the next 4-space tab stop after the code, rather than sometimes one and sometimes two tabs after. Also, ensure that comments following #endif are indented the same as comments following other preprocessor commands such as #else. That inconsistency turns out to have been self-inflicted damage from a poorly-thought-through post-indent "fixup" in pgindent. This patch is much less interesting than the first round of indent changes, but also bulkier, so I thought it best to separate the effects. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1dAmxK-0006EE-1r@gemulon.postgresql.org Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/30527.1495162840@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-06-21 21:18:54 +02:00
Relids em_nullable_relids; /* nullable by lower outer joins */
bool em_is_const; /* expression is pseudoconstant? */
bool em_is_child; /* derived version for a child relation? */
Oid em_datatype; /* the "nominal type" used by the opfamily */
} EquivalenceMember;
/*
* PathKeys
*
* The sort ordering of a path is represented by a list of PathKey nodes.
* An empty list implies no known ordering. Otherwise the first item
* represents the primary sort key, the second the first secondary sort key,
* etc. The value being sorted is represented by linking to an
* EquivalenceClass containing that value and including pk_opfamily among its
* ec_opfamilies. The EquivalenceClass tells which collation to use, too.
* This is a convenient method because it makes it trivial to detect
* equivalent and closely-related orderings. (See optimizer/README for more
* information.)
*
* Note: pk_strategy is either BTLessStrategyNumber (for ASC) or
* BTGreaterStrategyNumber (for DESC). We assume that all ordering-capable
* index types will use btree-compatible strategy numbers.
*/
typedef struct PathKey
{
NodeTag type;
EquivalenceClass *pk_eclass; /* the value that is ordered */
2007-11-15 22:14:46 +01:00
Oid pk_opfamily; /* btree opfamily defining the ordering */
int pk_strategy; /* sort direction (ASC or DESC) */
bool pk_nulls_first; /* do NULLs come before normal values? */
} PathKey;
Revise parameterized-path mechanism to fix assorted issues. This patch adjusts the treatment of parameterized paths so that all paths with the same parameterization (same set of required outer rels) for the same relation will have the same rowcount estimate. We cache the rowcount estimates to ensure that property, and hopefully save a few cycles too. Doing this makes it practical for add_path_precheck to operate without a rowcount estimate: it need only assume that paths with different parameterizations never dominate each other, which is close enough to true anyway for coarse filtering, because normally a more-parameterized path should yield fewer rows thanks to having more join clauses to apply. In add_path, we do the full nine yards of comparing rowcount estimates along with everything else, so that we can discard parameterized paths that don't actually have an advantage. This fixes some issues I'd found with add_path rejecting parameterized paths on the grounds that they were more expensive than not-parameterized ones, even though they yielded many fewer rows and hence would be cheaper once subsequent joining was considered. To make the same-rowcounts assumption valid, we have to require that any parameterized path enforce *all* join clauses that could be obtained from the particular set of outer rels, even if not all of them are useful for indexing. This is required at both base scans and joins. It's a good thing anyway since the net impact is that join quals are checked at the lowest practical level in the join tree. Hence, discard the original rather ad-hoc mechanism for choosing parameterization joinquals, and build a better one that has a more principled rule for when clauses can be moved. The original rule was actually buggy anyway for lack of knowledge about which relations are part of an outer join's outer side; getting this right requires adding an outer_relids field to RestrictInfo.
2012-04-19 21:52:46 +02:00
/*
* PathTarget
*
* This struct contains what we need to know during planning about the
* targetlist (output columns) that a Path will compute. Each RelOptInfo
* includes a default PathTarget, which its individual Paths may simply
* reference. However, in some cases a Path may compute outputs different
* from other Paths, and in that case we make a custom PathTarget for it.
* For example, an indexscan might return index expressions that would
* otherwise need to be explicitly calculated. (Note also that "upper"
* relations generally don't have useful default PathTargets.)
*
* exprs contains bare expressions; they do not have TargetEntry nodes on top,
* though those will appear in finished Plans.
*
* sortgrouprefs[] is an array of the same length as exprs, containing the
* corresponding sort/group refnos, or zeroes for expressions not referenced
* by sort/group clauses. If sortgrouprefs is NULL (which it generally is in
* RelOptInfo.reltarget targets; only upper-level Paths contain this info),
* we have not identified sort/group columns in this tlist. This allows us to
* deal with sort/group refnos when needed with less expense than including
* TargetEntry nodes in the exprs list.
*/
typedef struct PathTarget
{
NodeTag type;
List *exprs; /* list of expressions to be computed */
Index *sortgrouprefs; /* corresponding sort/group refnos, or 0 */
QualCost cost; /* cost of evaluating the expressions */
int width; /* estimated avg width of result tuples */
} PathTarget;
/* Convenience macro to get a sort/group refno from a PathTarget */
#define get_pathtarget_sortgroupref(target, colno) \
((target)->sortgrouprefs ? (target)->sortgrouprefs[colno] : (Index) 0)
Revise parameterized-path mechanism to fix assorted issues. This patch adjusts the treatment of parameterized paths so that all paths with the same parameterization (same set of required outer rels) for the same relation will have the same rowcount estimate. We cache the rowcount estimates to ensure that property, and hopefully save a few cycles too. Doing this makes it practical for add_path_precheck to operate without a rowcount estimate: it need only assume that paths with different parameterizations never dominate each other, which is close enough to true anyway for coarse filtering, because normally a more-parameterized path should yield fewer rows thanks to having more join clauses to apply. In add_path, we do the full nine yards of comparing rowcount estimates along with everything else, so that we can discard parameterized paths that don't actually have an advantage. This fixes some issues I'd found with add_path rejecting parameterized paths on the grounds that they were more expensive than not-parameterized ones, even though they yielded many fewer rows and hence would be cheaper once subsequent joining was considered. To make the same-rowcounts assumption valid, we have to require that any parameterized path enforce *all* join clauses that could be obtained from the particular set of outer rels, even if not all of them are useful for indexing. This is required at both base scans and joins. It's a good thing anyway since the net impact is that join quals are checked at the lowest practical level in the join tree. Hence, discard the original rather ad-hoc mechanism for choosing parameterization joinquals, and build a better one that has a more principled rule for when clauses can be moved. The original rule was actually buggy anyway for lack of knowledge about which relations are part of an outer join's outer side; getting this right requires adding an outer_relids field to RestrictInfo.
2012-04-19 21:52:46 +02:00
/*
* ParamPathInfo
*
* All parameterized paths for a given relation with given required outer rels
* link to a single ParamPathInfo, which stores common information such as
* the estimated rowcount for this parameterization. We do this partly to
* avoid recalculations, but mostly to ensure that the estimated rowcount
* is in fact the same for every such path.
*
* Note: ppi_clauses is only used in ParamPathInfos for base relation paths;
* in join cases it's NIL because the set of relevant clauses varies depending
* on how the join is formed. The relevant clauses will appear in each
* parameterized join path's joinrestrictinfo list, instead.
*/
typedef struct ParamPathInfo
{
NodeTag type;
Relids ppi_req_outer; /* rels supplying parameters used by path */
double ppi_rows; /* estimated number of result tuples */
List *ppi_clauses; /* join clauses available from outer rels */
} ParamPathInfo;
/*
* Type "Path" is used as-is for sequential-scan paths, as well as some other
* simple plan types that we don't need any extra information in the path for.
* For other path types it is the first component of a larger struct.
2002-11-27 21:52:04 +01:00
*
* "pathtype" is the NodeTag of the Plan node we could build from this Path.
* It is partially redundant with the Path's NodeTag, but allows us to use
* the same Path type for multiple Plan types when there is no need to
* distinguish the Plan type during path processing.
*
Add an explicit representation of the output targetlist to Paths. Up to now, there's been an assumption that all Paths for a given relation compute the same output column set (targetlist). However, there are good reasons to remove that assumption. For example, an indexscan on an expression index might be able to return the value of an expensive function "for free". While we have the ability to generate such a plan today in simple cases, we don't have a way to model that it's cheaper than a plan that computes the function from scratch, nor a way to create such a plan in join cases (where the function computation would normally happen at the topmost join node). Also, we need this so that we can have Paths representing post-scan/join steps, where the targetlist may well change from one step to the next. Therefore, invent a "struct PathTarget" representing the columns we expect a plan step to emit. It's convenient to include the output tuple width and tlist evaluation cost in this struct, and there will likely be additional fields in future. While Path nodes that actually do have custom outputs will need their own PathTargets, it will still be true that most Paths for a given relation will compute the same tlist. To reduce the overhead added by this patch, keep a "default PathTarget" in RelOptInfo, and allow Paths that compute that column set to just point to their parent RelOptInfo's reltarget. (In the patch as committed, actually every Path is like that, since we do not yet have any cases of custom PathTargets.) I took this opportunity to provide some more-honest costing of PlaceHolderVar evaluation. Up to now, the assumption that "scan/join reltargetlists have cost zero" was applied not only to Vars, where it's reasonable, but also PlaceHolderVars where it isn't. Now, we add the eval cost of a PlaceHolderVar's expression to the first plan level where it can be computed, by including it in the PathTarget cost field and adding that to the cost estimates for Paths. This isn't perfect yet but it's much better than before, and there is a way forward to improve it more. This costing change affects the join order chosen for a couple of the regression tests, changing expected row ordering.
2016-02-19 02:01:49 +01:00
* "parent" identifies the relation this Path scans, and "pathtarget"
* describes the precise set of output columns the Path would compute.
* In simple cases all Paths for a given rel share the same targetlist,
* which we represent by having path->pathtarget equal to parent->reltarget.
Add an explicit representation of the output targetlist to Paths. Up to now, there's been an assumption that all Paths for a given relation compute the same output column set (targetlist). However, there are good reasons to remove that assumption. For example, an indexscan on an expression index might be able to return the value of an expensive function "for free". While we have the ability to generate such a plan today in simple cases, we don't have a way to model that it's cheaper than a plan that computes the function from scratch, nor a way to create such a plan in join cases (where the function computation would normally happen at the topmost join node). Also, we need this so that we can have Paths representing post-scan/join steps, where the targetlist may well change from one step to the next. Therefore, invent a "struct PathTarget" representing the columns we expect a plan step to emit. It's convenient to include the output tuple width and tlist evaluation cost in this struct, and there will likely be additional fields in future. While Path nodes that actually do have custom outputs will need their own PathTargets, it will still be true that most Paths for a given relation will compute the same tlist. To reduce the overhead added by this patch, keep a "default PathTarget" in RelOptInfo, and allow Paths that compute that column set to just point to their parent RelOptInfo's reltarget. (In the patch as committed, actually every Path is like that, since we do not yet have any cases of custom PathTargets.) I took this opportunity to provide some more-honest costing of PlaceHolderVar evaluation. Up to now, the assumption that "scan/join reltargetlists have cost zero" was applied not only to Vars, where it's reasonable, but also PlaceHolderVars where it isn't. Now, we add the eval cost of a PlaceHolderVar's expression to the first plan level where it can be computed, by including it in the PathTarget cost field and adding that to the cost estimates for Paths. This isn't perfect yet but it's much better than before, and there is a way forward to improve it more. This costing change affects the join order chosen for a couple of the regression tests, changing expected row ordering.
2016-02-19 02:01:49 +01:00
*
Revise parameterized-path mechanism to fix assorted issues. This patch adjusts the treatment of parameterized paths so that all paths with the same parameterization (same set of required outer rels) for the same relation will have the same rowcount estimate. We cache the rowcount estimates to ensure that property, and hopefully save a few cycles too. Doing this makes it practical for add_path_precheck to operate without a rowcount estimate: it need only assume that paths with different parameterizations never dominate each other, which is close enough to true anyway for coarse filtering, because normally a more-parameterized path should yield fewer rows thanks to having more join clauses to apply. In add_path, we do the full nine yards of comparing rowcount estimates along with everything else, so that we can discard parameterized paths that don't actually have an advantage. This fixes some issues I'd found with add_path rejecting parameterized paths on the grounds that they were more expensive than not-parameterized ones, even though they yielded many fewer rows and hence would be cheaper once subsequent joining was considered. To make the same-rowcounts assumption valid, we have to require that any parameterized path enforce *all* join clauses that could be obtained from the particular set of outer rels, even if not all of them are useful for indexing. This is required at both base scans and joins. It's a good thing anyway since the net impact is that join quals are checked at the lowest practical level in the join tree. Hence, discard the original rather ad-hoc mechanism for choosing parameterization joinquals, and build a better one that has a more principled rule for when clauses can be moved. The original rule was actually buggy anyway for lack of knowledge about which relations are part of an outer join's outer side; getting this right requires adding an outer_relids field to RestrictInfo.
2012-04-19 21:52:46 +02:00
* "param_info", if not NULL, links to a ParamPathInfo that identifies outer
* relation(s) that provide parameter values to each scan of this path.
* That means this path can only be joined to those rels by means of nestloop
* joins with this path on the inside. Also note that a parameterized path
Revise parameterized-path mechanism to fix assorted issues. This patch adjusts the treatment of parameterized paths so that all paths with the same parameterization (same set of required outer rels) for the same relation will have the same rowcount estimate. We cache the rowcount estimates to ensure that property, and hopefully save a few cycles too. Doing this makes it practical for add_path_precheck to operate without a rowcount estimate: it need only assume that paths with different parameterizations never dominate each other, which is close enough to true anyway for coarse filtering, because normally a more-parameterized path should yield fewer rows thanks to having more join clauses to apply. In add_path, we do the full nine yards of comparing rowcount estimates along with everything else, so that we can discard parameterized paths that don't actually have an advantage. This fixes some issues I'd found with add_path rejecting parameterized paths on the grounds that they were more expensive than not-parameterized ones, even though they yielded many fewer rows and hence would be cheaper once subsequent joining was considered. To make the same-rowcounts assumption valid, we have to require that any parameterized path enforce *all* join clauses that could be obtained from the particular set of outer rels, even if not all of them are useful for indexing. This is required at both base scans and joins. It's a good thing anyway since the net impact is that join quals are checked at the lowest practical level in the join tree. Hence, discard the original rather ad-hoc mechanism for choosing parameterization joinquals, and build a better one that has a more principled rule for when clauses can be moved. The original rule was actually buggy anyway for lack of knowledge about which relations are part of an outer join's outer side; getting this right requires adding an outer_relids field to RestrictInfo.
2012-04-19 21:52:46 +02:00
* is responsible for testing all "movable" joinclauses involving this rel
* and the specified outer rel(s).
*
* "rows" is the same as parent->rows in simple paths, but in parameterized
* paths and UniquePaths it can be less than parent->rows, reflecting the
* fact that we've filtered by extra join conditions or removed duplicates.
*
* "pathkeys" is a List of PathKey nodes (see above), describing the sort
* ordering of the path's output rows.
*/
typedef struct Path
{
NodeTag type;
NodeTag pathtype; /* tag identifying scan/join method */
RelOptInfo *parent; /* the relation this path can build */
Add an explicit representation of the output targetlist to Paths. Up to now, there's been an assumption that all Paths for a given relation compute the same output column set (targetlist). However, there are good reasons to remove that assumption. For example, an indexscan on an expression index might be able to return the value of an expensive function "for free". While we have the ability to generate such a plan today in simple cases, we don't have a way to model that it's cheaper than a plan that computes the function from scratch, nor a way to create such a plan in join cases (where the function computation would normally happen at the topmost join node). Also, we need this so that we can have Paths representing post-scan/join steps, where the targetlist may well change from one step to the next. Therefore, invent a "struct PathTarget" representing the columns we expect a plan step to emit. It's convenient to include the output tuple width and tlist evaluation cost in this struct, and there will likely be additional fields in future. While Path nodes that actually do have custom outputs will need their own PathTargets, it will still be true that most Paths for a given relation will compute the same tlist. To reduce the overhead added by this patch, keep a "default PathTarget" in RelOptInfo, and allow Paths that compute that column set to just point to their parent RelOptInfo's reltarget. (In the patch as committed, actually every Path is like that, since we do not yet have any cases of custom PathTargets.) I took this opportunity to provide some more-honest costing of PlaceHolderVar evaluation. Up to now, the assumption that "scan/join reltargetlists have cost zero" was applied not only to Vars, where it's reasonable, but also PlaceHolderVars where it isn't. Now, we add the eval cost of a PlaceHolderVar's expression to the first plan level where it can be computed, by including it in the PathTarget cost field and adding that to the cost estimates for Paths. This isn't perfect yet but it's much better than before, and there is a way forward to improve it more. This costing change affects the join order chosen for a couple of the regression tests, changing expected row ordering.
2016-02-19 02:01:49 +01:00
PathTarget *pathtarget; /* list of Vars/Exprs, cost, width */
Revise parameterized-path mechanism to fix assorted issues. This patch adjusts the treatment of parameterized paths so that all paths with the same parameterization (same set of required outer rels) for the same relation will have the same rowcount estimate. We cache the rowcount estimates to ensure that property, and hopefully save a few cycles too. Doing this makes it practical for add_path_precheck to operate without a rowcount estimate: it need only assume that paths with different parameterizations never dominate each other, which is close enough to true anyway for coarse filtering, because normally a more-parameterized path should yield fewer rows thanks to having more join clauses to apply. In add_path, we do the full nine yards of comparing rowcount estimates along with everything else, so that we can discard parameterized paths that don't actually have an advantage. This fixes some issues I'd found with add_path rejecting parameterized paths on the grounds that they were more expensive than not-parameterized ones, even though they yielded many fewer rows and hence would be cheaper once subsequent joining was considered. To make the same-rowcounts assumption valid, we have to require that any parameterized path enforce *all* join clauses that could be obtained from the particular set of outer rels, even if not all of them are useful for indexing. This is required at both base scans and joins. It's a good thing anyway since the net impact is that join quals are checked at the lowest practical level in the join tree. Hence, discard the original rather ad-hoc mechanism for choosing parameterization joinquals, and build a better one that has a more principled rule for when clauses can be moved. The original rule was actually buggy anyway for lack of knowledge about which relations are part of an outer join's outer side; getting this right requires adding an outer_relids field to RestrictInfo.
2012-04-19 21:52:46 +02:00
ParamPathInfo *param_info; /* parameterization info, or NULL if none */
Add an explicit representation of the output targetlist to Paths. Up to now, there's been an assumption that all Paths for a given relation compute the same output column set (targetlist). However, there are good reasons to remove that assumption. For example, an indexscan on an expression index might be able to return the value of an expensive function "for free". While we have the ability to generate such a plan today in simple cases, we don't have a way to model that it's cheaper than a plan that computes the function from scratch, nor a way to create such a plan in join cases (where the function computation would normally happen at the topmost join node). Also, we need this so that we can have Paths representing post-scan/join steps, where the targetlist may well change from one step to the next. Therefore, invent a "struct PathTarget" representing the columns we expect a plan step to emit. It's convenient to include the output tuple width and tlist evaluation cost in this struct, and there will likely be additional fields in future. While Path nodes that actually do have custom outputs will need their own PathTargets, it will still be true that most Paths for a given relation will compute the same tlist. To reduce the overhead added by this patch, keep a "default PathTarget" in RelOptInfo, and allow Paths that compute that column set to just point to their parent RelOptInfo's reltarget. (In the patch as committed, actually every Path is like that, since we do not yet have any cases of custom PathTargets.) I took this opportunity to provide some more-honest costing of PlaceHolderVar evaluation. Up to now, the assumption that "scan/join reltargetlists have cost zero" was applied not only to Vars, where it's reasonable, but also PlaceHolderVars where it isn't. Now, we add the eval cost of a PlaceHolderVar's expression to the first plan level where it can be computed, by including it in the PathTarget cost field and adding that to the cost estimates for Paths. This isn't perfect yet but it's much better than before, and there is a way forward to improve it more. This costing change affects the join order chosen for a couple of the regression tests, changing expected row ordering.
2016-02-19 02:01:49 +01:00
bool parallel_aware; /* engage parallel-aware logic? */
bool parallel_safe; /* OK to use as part of parallel plan? */
Phase 2 of pgindent updates. Change pg_bsd_indent to follow upstream rules for placement of comments to the right of code, and remove pgindent hack that caused comments following #endif to not obey the general rule. Commit e3860ffa4dd0dad0dd9eea4be9cc1412373a8c89 wasn't actually using the published version of pg_bsd_indent, but a hacked-up version that tried to minimize the amount of movement of comments to the right of code. The situation of interest is where such a comment has to be moved to the right of its default placement at column 33 because there's code there. BSD indent has always moved right in units of tab stops in such cases --- but in the previous incarnation, indent was working in 8-space tab stops, while now it knows we use 4-space tabs. So the net result is that in about half the cases, such comments are placed one tab stop left of before. This is better all around: it leaves more room on the line for comment text, and it means that in such cases the comment uniformly starts at the next 4-space tab stop after the code, rather than sometimes one and sometimes two tabs after. Also, ensure that comments following #endif are indented the same as comments following other preprocessor commands such as #else. That inconsistency turns out to have been self-inflicted damage from a poorly-thought-through post-indent "fixup" in pgindent. This patch is much less interesting than the first round of indent changes, but also bulkier, so I thought it best to separate the effects. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1dAmxK-0006EE-1r@gemulon.postgresql.org Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/30527.1495162840@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-06-21 21:18:54 +02:00
int parallel_workers; /* desired # of workers; 0 = not parallel */
/* estimated size/costs for path (see costsize.c for more info) */
double rows; /* estimated number of result tuples */
2005-10-15 04:49:52 +02:00
Cost startup_cost; /* cost expended before fetching any tuples */
Cost total_cost; /* total cost (assuming all tuples fetched) */
List *pathkeys; /* sort ordering of path's output */
Revise parameterized-path mechanism to fix assorted issues. This patch adjusts the treatment of parameterized paths so that all paths with the same parameterization (same set of required outer rels) for the same relation will have the same rowcount estimate. We cache the rowcount estimates to ensure that property, and hopefully save a few cycles too. Doing this makes it practical for add_path_precheck to operate without a rowcount estimate: it need only assume that paths with different parameterizations never dominate each other, which is close enough to true anyway for coarse filtering, because normally a more-parameterized path should yield fewer rows thanks to having more join clauses to apply. In add_path, we do the full nine yards of comparing rowcount estimates along with everything else, so that we can discard parameterized paths that don't actually have an advantage. This fixes some issues I'd found with add_path rejecting parameterized paths on the grounds that they were more expensive than not-parameterized ones, even though they yielded many fewer rows and hence would be cheaper once subsequent joining was considered. To make the same-rowcounts assumption valid, we have to require that any parameterized path enforce *all* join clauses that could be obtained from the particular set of outer rels, even if not all of them are useful for indexing. This is required at both base scans and joins. It's a good thing anyway since the net impact is that join quals are checked at the lowest practical level in the join tree. Hence, discard the original rather ad-hoc mechanism for choosing parameterization joinquals, and build a better one that has a more principled rule for when clauses can be moved. The original rule was actually buggy anyway for lack of knowledge about which relations are part of an outer join's outer side; getting this right requires adding an outer_relids field to RestrictInfo.
2012-04-19 21:52:46 +02:00
/* pathkeys is a List of PathKey nodes; see above */
} Path;
Revise parameterized-path mechanism to fix assorted issues. This patch adjusts the treatment of parameterized paths so that all paths with the same parameterization (same set of required outer rels) for the same relation will have the same rowcount estimate. We cache the rowcount estimates to ensure that property, and hopefully save a few cycles too. Doing this makes it practical for add_path_precheck to operate without a rowcount estimate: it need only assume that paths with different parameterizations never dominate each other, which is close enough to true anyway for coarse filtering, because normally a more-parameterized path should yield fewer rows thanks to having more join clauses to apply. In add_path, we do the full nine yards of comparing rowcount estimates along with everything else, so that we can discard parameterized paths that don't actually have an advantage. This fixes some issues I'd found with add_path rejecting parameterized paths on the grounds that they were more expensive than not-parameterized ones, even though they yielded many fewer rows and hence would be cheaper once subsequent joining was considered. To make the same-rowcounts assumption valid, we have to require that any parameterized path enforce *all* join clauses that could be obtained from the particular set of outer rels, even if not all of them are useful for indexing. This is required at both base scans and joins. It's a good thing anyway since the net impact is that join quals are checked at the lowest practical level in the join tree. Hence, discard the original rather ad-hoc mechanism for choosing parameterization joinquals, and build a better one that has a more principled rule for when clauses can be moved. The original rule was actually buggy anyway for lack of knowledge about which relations are part of an outer join's outer side; getting this right requires adding an outer_relids field to RestrictInfo.
2012-04-19 21:52:46 +02:00
/* Macro for extracting a path's parameterization relids; beware double eval */
#define PATH_REQ_OUTER(path) \
((path)->param_info ? (path)->param_info->ppi_req_outer : (Relids) NULL)
/*----------
* IndexPath represents an index scan over a single index.
*
* This struct is used for both regular indexscans and index-only scans;
* path.pathtype is T_IndexScan or T_IndexOnlyScan to show which is meant.
*
* 'indexinfo' is the index to be scanned.
*
Refactor the representation of indexable clauses in IndexPaths. In place of three separate but interrelated lists (indexclauses, indexquals, and indexqualcols), an IndexPath now has one list "indexclauses" of IndexClause nodes. This holds basically the same information as before, but in a more useful format: in particular, there is now a clear connection between an indexclause (an original restriction clause from WHERE or JOIN/ON) and the indexquals (directly usable index conditions) derived from it. We also change the ground rules a bit by mandating that clause commutation, if needed, be done up-front so that what is stored in the indexquals list is always directly usable as an index condition. This gets rid of repeated re-determination of which side of the clause is the indexkey during costing and plan generation, as well as repeated lookups of the commutator operator. To minimize the added up-front cost, the typical case of commuting a plain OpExpr is handled by a new special-purpose function commute_restrictinfo(). For RowCompareExprs, generating the new clause properly commuted to begin with is not really any more complex than before, it's just different --- and we can save doing that work twice, as the pretty-klugy original implementation did. Tracking the connection between original and derived clauses lets us also track explicitly whether the derived clauses are an exact or lossy translation of the original. This provides a cheap solution to getting rid of unnecessary rechecks of boolean index clauses, which previously seemed like it'd be more expensive than it was worth. Another pleasant (IMO) side-effect is that EXPLAIN now always shows index clauses with the indexkey on the left; this seems less confusing. This commit leaves expand_indexqual_conditions() and some related functions in a slightly messy state. I didn't bother to change them any more than minimally necessary to work with the new data structure, because all that code is going to be refactored out of existence in a follow-on patch. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/22182.1549124950@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-02-09 23:30:43 +01:00
* 'indexclauses' is a list of IndexClause nodes, each representing one
* index-checkable restriction, with implicit AND semantics across the list.
* An empty list implies a full index scan.
*
* 'indexorderbys', if not NIL, is a list of ORDER BY expressions that have
* been found to be usable as ordering operators for an amcanorderbyop index.
* The list must match the path's pathkeys, ie, one expression per pathkey
* in the same order. These are not RestrictInfos, just bare expressions,
Refactor the representation of indexable clauses in IndexPaths. In place of three separate but interrelated lists (indexclauses, indexquals, and indexqualcols), an IndexPath now has one list "indexclauses" of IndexClause nodes. This holds basically the same information as before, but in a more useful format: in particular, there is now a clear connection between an indexclause (an original restriction clause from WHERE or JOIN/ON) and the indexquals (directly usable index conditions) derived from it. We also change the ground rules a bit by mandating that clause commutation, if needed, be done up-front so that what is stored in the indexquals list is always directly usable as an index condition. This gets rid of repeated re-determination of which side of the clause is the indexkey during costing and plan generation, as well as repeated lookups of the commutator operator. To minimize the added up-front cost, the typical case of commuting a plain OpExpr is handled by a new special-purpose function commute_restrictinfo(). For RowCompareExprs, generating the new clause properly commuted to begin with is not really any more complex than before, it's just different --- and we can save doing that work twice, as the pretty-klugy original implementation did. Tracking the connection between original and derived clauses lets us also track explicitly whether the derived clauses are an exact or lossy translation of the original. This provides a cheap solution to getting rid of unnecessary rechecks of boolean index clauses, which previously seemed like it'd be more expensive than it was worth. Another pleasant (IMO) side-effect is that EXPLAIN now always shows index clauses with the indexkey on the left; this seems less confusing. This commit leaves expand_indexqual_conditions() and some related functions in a slightly messy state. I didn't bother to change them any more than minimally necessary to work with the new data structure, because all that code is going to be refactored out of existence in a follow-on patch. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/22182.1549124950@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-02-09 23:30:43 +01:00
* since they generally won't yield booleans. It's guaranteed that each
* expression has the index key on the left side of the operator.
*
* 'indexorderbycols' is an integer list of index column numbers (zero-based)
* of the same length as 'indexorderbys', showing which index column each
* ORDER BY expression is meant to be used with. (There is no restriction
* on which index column each ORDER BY can be used with.)
*
* 'indexscandir' is one of:
* ForwardScanDirection: forward scan of an ordered index
* BackwardScanDirection: backward scan of an ordered index
* NoMovementScanDirection: scan of an unordered index, or don't care
* (The executor doesn't care whether it gets ForwardScanDirection or
* NoMovementScanDirection for an indexscan, but the planner wants to
* distinguish ordered from unordered indexes for building pathkeys.)
*
* 'indextotalcost' and 'indexselectivity' are saved in the IndexPath so that
* we need not recompute them when considering using the same index in a
* bitmap index/heap scan (see BitmapHeapPath). The costs of the IndexPath
* itself represent the costs of an IndexScan or IndexOnlyScan plan type.
*----------
*/
typedef struct IndexPath
{
Path path;
IndexOptInfo *indexinfo;
List *indexclauses;
List *indexorderbys;
List *indexorderbycols;
ScanDirection indexscandir;
Cost indextotalcost;
Selectivity indexselectivity;
} IndexPath;
Refactor the representation of indexable clauses in IndexPaths. In place of three separate but interrelated lists (indexclauses, indexquals, and indexqualcols), an IndexPath now has one list "indexclauses" of IndexClause nodes. This holds basically the same information as before, but in a more useful format: in particular, there is now a clear connection between an indexclause (an original restriction clause from WHERE or JOIN/ON) and the indexquals (directly usable index conditions) derived from it. We also change the ground rules a bit by mandating that clause commutation, if needed, be done up-front so that what is stored in the indexquals list is always directly usable as an index condition. This gets rid of repeated re-determination of which side of the clause is the indexkey during costing and plan generation, as well as repeated lookups of the commutator operator. To minimize the added up-front cost, the typical case of commuting a plain OpExpr is handled by a new special-purpose function commute_restrictinfo(). For RowCompareExprs, generating the new clause properly commuted to begin with is not really any more complex than before, it's just different --- and we can save doing that work twice, as the pretty-klugy original implementation did. Tracking the connection between original and derived clauses lets us also track explicitly whether the derived clauses are an exact or lossy translation of the original. This provides a cheap solution to getting rid of unnecessary rechecks of boolean index clauses, which previously seemed like it'd be more expensive than it was worth. Another pleasant (IMO) side-effect is that EXPLAIN now always shows index clauses with the indexkey on the left; this seems less confusing. This commit leaves expand_indexqual_conditions() and some related functions in a slightly messy state. I didn't bother to change them any more than minimally necessary to work with the new data structure, because all that code is going to be refactored out of existence in a follow-on patch. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/22182.1549124950@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-02-09 23:30:43 +01:00
/*
* Each IndexClause references a RestrictInfo node from the query's WHERE
* or JOIN conditions, and shows how that restriction can be applied to
* the particular index. We support both indexclauses that are directly
* usable by the index machinery, which are typically of the form
* "indexcol OP pseudoconstant", and those from which an indexable qual
* can be derived. The simplest such transformation is that a clause
* of the form "pseudoconstant OP indexcol" can be commuted to produce an
* indexable qual (the index machinery expects the indexcol to be on the
* left always). Another example is that we might be able to extract an
* indexable range condition from a LIKE condition, as in "x LIKE 'foo%bar'"
* giving rise to "x >= 'foo' AND x < 'fop'". Derivation of such lossy
* conditions is done by a planner support function attached to the
* indexclause's top-level function or operator.
*
* If indexquals is NIL, it means that rinfo->clause is directly usable as
* an indexqual. Otherwise indexquals contains one or more directly-usable
* indexqual conditions extracted from the given clause. The 'lossy' flag
* indicates whether the indexquals are semantically equivalent to the
* original clause, or form a weaker condition.
*
* Currently, entries in indexquals are RestrictInfos, but they could perhaps
* be bare clauses instead; the only advantage of making them RestrictInfos
* is the possibility of caching cost and selectivity information across
* multiple uses, and it's not clear that that's really worth the price of
* constructing RestrictInfos for them. Note however that the extended-stats
* machinery won't do anything with non-RestrictInfo clauses, so that would
* have to be fixed.
*
* Normally, indexcol is the index of the single index column the clause
* works on, and indexcols is NIL. But if the clause is a RowCompareExpr,
* indexcol is the index of the leading column, and indexcols is a list of
* all the affected columns. (Note that indexcols matches up with the
* columns of the actual indexable RowCompareExpr, which might be in
* indexquals rather than rinfo.)
*
* An IndexPath's IndexClause list is required to be ordered by index
* column, i.e. the indexcol values must form a nondecreasing sequence.
* (The order of multiple clauses for the same index column is unspecified.)
*/
typedef struct IndexClause
{
NodeTag type;
struct RestrictInfo *rinfo; /* original restriction or join clause */
List *indexquals; /* indexqual(s) derived from it, or NIL */
bool lossy; /* are indexquals a lossy version of clause? */
AttrNumber indexcol; /* index column the clause uses (zero-based) */
List *indexcols; /* multiple index columns, if RowCompare */
} IndexClause;
/*
* BitmapHeapPath represents one or more indexscans that generate TID bitmaps
* instead of directly accessing the heap, followed by AND/OR combinations
* to produce a single bitmap, followed by a heap scan that uses the bitmap.
* Note that the output is always considered unordered, since it will come
* out in physical heap order no matter what the underlying indexes did.
*
* The individual indexscans are represented by IndexPath nodes, and any
* logic on top of them is represented by a tree of BitmapAndPath and
* BitmapOrPath nodes. Notice that we can use the same IndexPath node both
* to represent a regular (or index-only) index scan plan, and as the child
* of a BitmapHeapPath that represents scanning the same index using a
* BitmapIndexScan. The startup_cost and total_cost figures of an IndexPath
* always represent the costs to use it as a regular (or index-only)
* IndexScan. The costs of a BitmapIndexScan can be computed using the
* IndexPath's indextotalcost and indexselectivity.
*/
typedef struct BitmapHeapPath
{
Path path;
Path *bitmapqual; /* IndexPath, BitmapAndPath, BitmapOrPath */
} BitmapHeapPath;
/*
* BitmapAndPath represents a BitmapAnd plan node; it can only appear as
* part of the substructure of a BitmapHeapPath. The Path structure is
* a bit more heavyweight than we really need for this, but for simplicity
* we make it a derivative of Path anyway.
*/
typedef struct BitmapAndPath
{
Path path;
2005-10-15 04:49:52 +02:00
List *bitmapquals; /* IndexPaths and BitmapOrPaths */
Selectivity bitmapselectivity;
} BitmapAndPath;
/*
* BitmapOrPath represents a BitmapOr plan node; it can only appear as
* part of the substructure of a BitmapHeapPath. The Path structure is
* a bit more heavyweight than we really need for this, but for simplicity
* we make it a derivative of Path anyway.
*/
typedef struct BitmapOrPath
{
Path path;
2005-10-15 04:49:52 +02:00
List *bitmapquals; /* IndexPaths and BitmapAndPaths */
Selectivity bitmapselectivity;
} BitmapOrPath;
/*
* TidPath represents a scan by TID
*
* tidquals is an implicitly OR'ed list of qual expressions of the form
* "CTID = pseudoconstant", or "CTID = ANY(pseudoconstant_array)",
* or a CurrentOfExpr for the relation.
*/
typedef struct TidPath
{
Path path;
List *tidquals; /* qual(s) involving CTID = something */
} TidPath;
Make the upper part of the planner work by generating and comparing Paths. I've been saying we needed to do this for more than five years, and here it finally is. This patch removes the ever-growing tangle of spaghetti logic that grouping_planner() used to use to try to identify the best plan for post-scan/join query steps. Now, there is (nearly) independent consideration of each execution step, and entirely separate construction of Paths to represent each of the possible ways to do that step. We choose the best Path or set of Paths using the same add_path() logic that's been used inside query_planner() for years. In addition, this patch removes the old restriction that subquery_planner() could return only a single Plan. It now returns a RelOptInfo containing a set of Paths, just as query_planner() does, and the parent query level can use each of those Paths as the basis of a SubqueryScanPath at its level. This allows finding some optimizations that we missed before, wherein a subquery was capable of returning presorted data and thereby avoiding a sort in the parent level, making the overall cost cheaper even though delivering sorted output was not the cheapest plan for the subquery in isolation. (A couple of regression test outputs change in consequence of that. However, there is very little change in visible planner behavior overall, because the point of this patch is not to get immediate planning benefits but to create the infrastructure for future improvements.) There is a great deal left to do here. This patch unblocks a lot of planner work that was basically impractical in the old code structure, such as allowing FDWs to implement remote aggregation, or rewriting plan_set_operations() to allow consideration of multiple implementation orders for set operations. (The latter will likely require a full rewrite of plan_set_operations(); what I've done here is only to fix it to return Paths not Plans.) I have also left unfinished some localized refactoring in createplan.c and planner.c, because it was not necessary to get this patch to a working state. Thanks to Robert Haas, David Rowley, and Amit Kapila for review.
2016-03-07 21:58:22 +01:00
/*
* SubqueryScanPath represents a scan of an unflattened subquery-in-FROM
*
* Note that the subpath comes from a different planning domain; for example
* RTE indexes within it mean something different from those known to the
* SubqueryScanPath. path.parent->subroot is the planning context needed to
* interpret the subpath.
*/
typedef struct SubqueryScanPath
{
Path path;
Path *subpath; /* path representing subquery execution */
} SubqueryScanPath;
/*
* ForeignPath represents a potential scan of a foreign table, foreign join
* or foreign upper-relation.
Revise FDW planning API, again. Further reflection shows that a single callback isn't very workable if we desire to let FDWs generate multiple Paths, because that forces the FDW to do all work necessary to generate a valid Plan node for each Path. Instead split the former PlanForeignScan API into three steps: GetForeignRelSize, GetForeignPaths, GetForeignPlan. We had already bit the bullet of breaking the 9.1 FDW API for 9.2, so this shouldn't cause very much additional pain, and it's substantially more flexible for complex FDWs. Add an fdw_private field to RelOptInfo so that the new functions can save state there rather than possibly having to recalculate information two or three times. In addition, we'd not thought through what would be needed to allow an FDW to set up subexpressions of its choice for runtime execution. We could treat ForeignScan.fdw_private as an executable expression but that seems likely to break existing FDWs unnecessarily (in particular, it would restrict the set of node types allowable in fdw_private to those supported by expression_tree_walker). Instead, invent a separate field fdw_exprs which will receive the postprocessing appropriate for expression trees. (One field is enough since it can be a list of expressions; also, we assume the corresponding expression state tree(s) will be held within fdw_state, so we don't need to add anything to ForeignScanState.) Per review of Hanada Shigeru's pgsql_fdw patch. We may need to tweak this further as we continue to work on that patch, but to me it feels a lot closer to being right now.
2012-03-09 18:48:48 +01:00
*
* fdw_private stores FDW private data about the scan. While fdw_private is
Revise FDW planning API, again. Further reflection shows that a single callback isn't very workable if we desire to let FDWs generate multiple Paths, because that forces the FDW to do all work necessary to generate a valid Plan node for each Path. Instead split the former PlanForeignScan API into three steps: GetForeignRelSize, GetForeignPaths, GetForeignPlan. We had already bit the bullet of breaking the 9.1 FDW API for 9.2, so this shouldn't cause very much additional pain, and it's substantially more flexible for complex FDWs. Add an fdw_private field to RelOptInfo so that the new functions can save state there rather than possibly having to recalculate information two or three times. In addition, we'd not thought through what would be needed to allow an FDW to set up subexpressions of its choice for runtime execution. We could treat ForeignScan.fdw_private as an executable expression but that seems likely to break existing FDWs unnecessarily (in particular, it would restrict the set of node types allowable in fdw_private to those supported by expression_tree_walker). Instead, invent a separate field fdw_exprs which will receive the postprocessing appropriate for expression trees. (One field is enough since it can be a list of expressions; also, we assume the corresponding expression state tree(s) will be held within fdw_state, so we don't need to add anything to ForeignScanState.) Per review of Hanada Shigeru's pgsql_fdw patch. We may need to tweak this further as we continue to work on that patch, but to me it feels a lot closer to being right now.
2012-03-09 18:48:48 +01:00
* not actually touched by the core code during normal operations, it's
* generally a good idea to use a representation that can be dumped by
* nodeToString(), so that you can examine the structure during debugging
* with tools like pprint().
*/
typedef struct ForeignPath
{
Path path;
Path *fdw_outerpath;
List *fdw_private;
} ForeignPath;
/*
* CustomPath represents a table scan done by some out-of-core extension.
*
* We provide a set of hooks here - which the provider must take care to set
* up correctly - to allow extensions to supply their own methods of scanning
* a relation. For example, a provider might provide GPU acceleration, a
* cache-based scan, or some other kind of logic we haven't dreamed up yet.
*
* CustomPaths can be injected into the planning process for a relation by
* set_rel_pathlist_hook functions.
*
* Core code must avoid assuming that the CustomPath is only as large as
* the structure declared here; providers are allowed to make it the first
* element in a larger structure. (Since the planner never copies Paths,
* this doesn't add any complication.) However, for consistency with the
* FDW case, we provide a "custom_private" field in CustomPath; providers
* may prefer to use that rather than define another struct type.
*/
struct CustomPathMethods;
typedef struct CustomPath
{
Path path;
uint32 flags; /* mask of CUSTOMPATH_* flags, see
* nodes/extensible.h */
List *custom_paths; /* list of child Path nodes, if any */
List *custom_private;
const struct CustomPathMethods *methods;
} CustomPath;
/*
* AppendPath represents an Append plan, ie, successive execution of
* several member plans.
*
* For partial Append, 'subpaths' contains non-partial subpaths followed by
* partial subpaths.
*
* Note: it is possible for "subpaths" to contain only one, or even no,
* elements. These cases are optimized during create_append_plan.
* In particular, an AppendPath with no subpaths is a "dummy" path that
* is created to represent the case that a relation is provably empty.
*/
typedef struct AppendPath
{
Path path;
/* RT indexes of non-leaf tables in a partition tree */
List *partitioned_rels;
List *subpaths; /* list of component Paths */
/* Index of first partial path in subpaths */
int first_partial_path;
} AppendPath;
#define IS_DUMMY_PATH(p) \
(IsA((p), AppendPath) && ((AppendPath *) (p))->subpaths == NIL)
/* A relation that's been proven empty will have one path that is dummy */
#define IS_DUMMY_REL(r) \
((r)->cheapest_total_path != NULL && \
IS_DUMMY_PATH((r)->cheapest_total_path))
/*
* MergeAppendPath represents a MergeAppend plan, ie, the merging of sorted
* results from several member plans to produce similarly-sorted output.
*/
typedef struct MergeAppendPath
{
Path path;
/* RT indexes of non-leaf tables in a partition tree */
List *partitioned_rels;
List *subpaths; /* list of component Paths */
double limit_tuples; /* hard limit on output tuples, or -1 */
} MergeAppendPath;
/*
In the planner, replace an empty FROM clause with a dummy RTE. The fact that "SELECT expression" has no base relations has long been a thorn in the side of the planner. It makes it hard to flatten a sub-query that looks like that, or is a trivial VALUES() item, because the planner generally uses relid sets to identify sub-relations, and such a sub-query would have an empty relid set if we flattened it. prepjointree.c contains some baroque logic that works around this in certain special cases --- but there is a much better answer. We can replace an empty FROM clause with a dummy RTE that acts like a table of one row and no columns, and then there are no such corner cases to worry about. Instead we need some logic to get rid of useless dummy RTEs, but that's simpler and covers more cases than what was there before. For really trivial cases, where the query is just "SELECT expression" and nothing else, there's a hazard that adding the extra RTE makes for a noticeable slowdown; even though it's not much processing, there's not that much for the planner to do overall. However testing says that the penalty is very small, close to the noise level. In more complex queries, this is able to find optimizations that we could not find before. The new RTE type is called RTE_RESULT, since the "scan" plan type it gives rise to is a Result node (the same plan we produced for a "SELECT expression" query before). To avoid confusion, rename the old ResultPath path type to GroupResultPath, reflecting that it's only used in degenerate grouping cases where we know the query produces just one grouped row. (It wouldn't work to unify the two cases, because there are different rules about where the associated quals live during query_planner.) Note: although this touches readfuncs.c, I don't think a catversion bump is required, because the added case can't occur in stored rules, only plans. Patch by me, reviewed by David Rowley and Mark Dilger Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15944.1521127664@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-01-28 23:54:10 +01:00
* GroupResultPath represents use of a Result plan node to compute the
* output of a degenerate GROUP BY case, wherein we know we should produce
* exactly one row, which might then be filtered by a HAVING qual.
*
* Note that quals is a list of bare clauses, not RestrictInfos.
*/
In the planner, replace an empty FROM clause with a dummy RTE. The fact that "SELECT expression" has no base relations has long been a thorn in the side of the planner. It makes it hard to flatten a sub-query that looks like that, or is a trivial VALUES() item, because the planner generally uses relid sets to identify sub-relations, and such a sub-query would have an empty relid set if we flattened it. prepjointree.c contains some baroque logic that works around this in certain special cases --- but there is a much better answer. We can replace an empty FROM clause with a dummy RTE that acts like a table of one row and no columns, and then there are no such corner cases to worry about. Instead we need some logic to get rid of useless dummy RTEs, but that's simpler and covers more cases than what was there before. For really trivial cases, where the query is just "SELECT expression" and nothing else, there's a hazard that adding the extra RTE makes for a noticeable slowdown; even though it's not much processing, there's not that much for the planner to do overall. However testing says that the penalty is very small, close to the noise level. In more complex queries, this is able to find optimizations that we could not find before. The new RTE type is called RTE_RESULT, since the "scan" plan type it gives rise to is a Result node (the same plan we produced for a "SELECT expression" query before). To avoid confusion, rename the old ResultPath path type to GroupResultPath, reflecting that it's only used in degenerate grouping cases where we know the query produces just one grouped row. (It wouldn't work to unify the two cases, because there are different rules about where the associated quals live during query_planner.) Note: although this touches readfuncs.c, I don't think a catversion bump is required, because the added case can't occur in stored rules, only plans. Patch by me, reviewed by David Rowley and Mark Dilger Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15944.1521127664@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-01-28 23:54:10 +01:00
typedef struct GroupResultPath
{
Path path;
List *quals;
In the planner, replace an empty FROM clause with a dummy RTE. The fact that "SELECT expression" has no base relations has long been a thorn in the side of the planner. It makes it hard to flatten a sub-query that looks like that, or is a trivial VALUES() item, because the planner generally uses relid sets to identify sub-relations, and such a sub-query would have an empty relid set if we flattened it. prepjointree.c contains some baroque logic that works around this in certain special cases --- but there is a much better answer. We can replace an empty FROM clause with a dummy RTE that acts like a table of one row and no columns, and then there are no such corner cases to worry about. Instead we need some logic to get rid of useless dummy RTEs, but that's simpler and covers more cases than what was there before. For really trivial cases, where the query is just "SELECT expression" and nothing else, there's a hazard that adding the extra RTE makes for a noticeable slowdown; even though it's not much processing, there's not that much for the planner to do overall. However testing says that the penalty is very small, close to the noise level. In more complex queries, this is able to find optimizations that we could not find before. The new RTE type is called RTE_RESULT, since the "scan" plan type it gives rise to is a Result node (the same plan we produced for a "SELECT expression" query before). To avoid confusion, rename the old ResultPath path type to GroupResultPath, reflecting that it's only used in degenerate grouping cases where we know the query produces just one grouped row. (It wouldn't work to unify the two cases, because there are different rules about where the associated quals live during query_planner.) Note: although this touches readfuncs.c, I don't think a catversion bump is required, because the added case can't occur in stored rules, only plans. Patch by me, reviewed by David Rowley and Mark Dilger Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/15944.1521127664@sss.pgh.pa.us
2019-01-28 23:54:10 +01:00
} GroupResultPath;
/*
* MaterialPath represents use of a Material plan node, i.e., caching of
* the output of its subpath. This is used when the subpath is expensive
* and needs to be scanned repeatedly, or when we need mark/restore ability
* and the subpath doesn't have it.
*/
typedef struct MaterialPath
{
Path path;
Path *subpath;
} MaterialPath;
/*
* UniquePath represents elimination of distinct rows from the output of
* its subpath.
*
Make the upper part of the planner work by generating and comparing Paths. I've been saying we needed to do this for more than five years, and here it finally is. This patch removes the ever-growing tangle of spaghetti logic that grouping_planner() used to use to try to identify the best plan for post-scan/join query steps. Now, there is (nearly) independent consideration of each execution step, and entirely separate construction of Paths to represent each of the possible ways to do that step. We choose the best Path or set of Paths using the same add_path() logic that's been used inside query_planner() for years. In addition, this patch removes the old restriction that subquery_planner() could return only a single Plan. It now returns a RelOptInfo containing a set of Paths, just as query_planner() does, and the parent query level can use each of those Paths as the basis of a SubqueryScanPath at its level. This allows finding some optimizations that we missed before, wherein a subquery was capable of returning presorted data and thereby avoiding a sort in the parent level, making the overall cost cheaper even though delivering sorted output was not the cheapest plan for the subquery in isolation. (A couple of regression test outputs change in consequence of that. However, there is very little change in visible planner behavior overall, because the point of this patch is not to get immediate planning benefits but to create the infrastructure for future improvements.) There is a great deal left to do here. This patch unblocks a lot of planner work that was basically impractical in the old code structure, such as allowing FDWs to implement remote aggregation, or rewriting plan_set_operations() to allow consideration of multiple implementation orders for set operations. (The latter will likely require a full rewrite of plan_set_operations(); what I've done here is only to fix it to return Paths not Plans.) I have also left unfinished some localized refactoring in createplan.c and planner.c, because it was not necessary to get this patch to a working state. Thanks to Robert Haas, David Rowley, and Amit Kapila for review.
2016-03-07 21:58:22 +01:00
* This can represent significantly different plans: either hash-based or
* sort-based implementation, or a no-op if the input path can be proven
* distinct already. The decision is sufficiently localized that it's not
* worth having separate Path node types. (Note: in the no-op case, we could
* eliminate the UniquePath node entirely and just return the subpath; but
* it's convenient to have a UniquePath in the path tree to signal upper-level
* routines that the input is known distinct.)
*/
typedef enum
{
UNIQUE_PATH_NOOP, /* input is known unique already */
UNIQUE_PATH_HASH, /* use hashing */
UNIQUE_PATH_SORT /* use sorting */
} UniquePathMethod;
typedef struct UniquePath
{
Path path;
Path *subpath;
UniquePathMethod umethod;
List *in_operators; /* equality operators of the IN clause */
List *uniq_exprs; /* expressions to be made unique */
} UniquePath;
/*
* GatherPath runs several copies of a plan in parallel and collects the
* results. The parallel leader may also execute the plan, unless the
* single_copy flag is set.
*/
typedef struct GatherPath
{
Path path;
Path *subpath; /* path for each worker */
bool single_copy; /* don't execute path more than once */
int num_workers; /* number of workers sought to help */
} GatherPath;
/*
Force rescanning of parallel-aware scan nodes below a Gather[Merge]. The ExecReScan machinery contains various optimizations for postponing or skipping rescans of plan subtrees; for example a HashAgg node may conclude that it can re-use the table it built before, instead of re-reading its input subtree. But that is wrong if the input contains a parallel-aware table scan node, since the portion of the table scanned by the leader process is likely to vary from one rescan to the next. This explains the timing-dependent buildfarm failures we saw after commit a2b70c89c. The established mechanism for showing that a plan node's output is potentially variable is to mark it as depending on some runtime Param. Hence, to fix this, invent a dummy Param (one that has a PARAM_EXEC parameter number, but carries no actual value) associated with each Gather or GatherMerge node, mark parallel-aware nodes below that node as dependent on that Param, and arrange for ExecReScanGather[Merge] to flag that Param as changed whenever the Gather[Merge] node is rescanned. This solution breaks an undocumented assumption made by the parallel executor logic, namely that all rescans of nodes below a Gather[Merge] will happen synchronously during the ReScan of the top node itself. But that's fundamentally contrary to the design of the ExecReScan code, and so was doomed to fail someday anyway (even if you want to argue that the bug being fixed here wasn't a failure of that assumption). A follow-on patch will address that issue. In the meantime, the worst that's expected to happen is that given very bad timing luck, the leader might have to do all the work during a rescan, because workers think they have nothing to do, if they are able to start up before the eventual ReScan of the leader's parallel-aware table scan node has reset the shared scan state. Although this problem exists in 9.6, there does not seem to be any way for it to manifest there. Without GatherMerge, it seems that a plan tree that has a rescan-short-circuiting node below Gather will always also have one above it that will short-circuit in the same cases, preventing the Gather from being rescanned. Hence we won't take the risk of back-patching this change into 9.6. But v10 needs it. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAA4eK1JkByysFJNh9M349u_nNjqETuEnY_y1VUc_kJiU0bxtaQ@mail.gmail.com
2017-08-30 15:29:55 +02:00
* GatherMergePath runs several copies of a plan in parallel and collects
* the results, preserving their common sort order. For gather merge, the
* parallel leader always executes the plan too, so we don't need single_copy.
*/
typedef struct GatherMergePath
{
Path path;
Path *subpath; /* path for each worker */
int num_workers; /* number of workers sought to help */
} GatherMergePath;
/*
* All join-type paths share these fields.
*/
typedef struct JoinPath
{
Path path;
JoinType jointype;
bool inner_unique; /* each outer tuple provably matches no more
* than one inner tuple */
Path *outerjoinpath; /* path for the outer side of the join */
Path *innerjoinpath; /* path for the inner side of the join */
Phase 2 of pgindent updates. Change pg_bsd_indent to follow upstream rules for placement of comments to the right of code, and remove pgindent hack that caused comments following #endif to not obey the general rule. Commit e3860ffa4dd0dad0dd9eea4be9cc1412373a8c89 wasn't actually using the published version of pg_bsd_indent, but a hacked-up version that tried to minimize the amount of movement of comments to the right of code. The situation of interest is where such a comment has to be moved to the right of its default placement at column 33 because there's code there. BSD indent has always moved right in units of tab stops in such cases --- but in the previous incarnation, indent was working in 8-space tab stops, while now it knows we use 4-space tabs. So the net result is that in about half the cases, such comments are placed one tab stop left of before. This is better all around: it leaves more room on the line for comment text, and it means that in such cases the comment uniformly starts at the next 4-space tab stop after the code, rather than sometimes one and sometimes two tabs after. Also, ensure that comments following #endif are indented the same as comments following other preprocessor commands such as #else. That inconsistency turns out to have been self-inflicted damage from a poorly-thought-through post-indent "fixup" in pgindent. This patch is much less interesting than the first round of indent changes, but also bulkier, so I thought it best to separate the effects. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1dAmxK-0006EE-1r@gemulon.postgresql.org Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/30527.1495162840@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-06-21 21:18:54 +02:00
List *joinrestrictinfo; /* RestrictInfos to apply to join */
/*
Revise parameterized-path mechanism to fix assorted issues. This patch adjusts the treatment of parameterized paths so that all paths with the same parameterization (same set of required outer rels) for the same relation will have the same rowcount estimate. We cache the rowcount estimates to ensure that property, and hopefully save a few cycles too. Doing this makes it practical for add_path_precheck to operate without a rowcount estimate: it need only assume that paths with different parameterizations never dominate each other, which is close enough to true anyway for coarse filtering, because normally a more-parameterized path should yield fewer rows thanks to having more join clauses to apply. In add_path, we do the full nine yards of comparing rowcount estimates along with everything else, so that we can discard parameterized paths that don't actually have an advantage. This fixes some issues I'd found with add_path rejecting parameterized paths on the grounds that they were more expensive than not-parameterized ones, even though they yielded many fewer rows and hence would be cheaper once subsequent joining was considered. To make the same-rowcounts assumption valid, we have to require that any parameterized path enforce *all* join clauses that could be obtained from the particular set of outer rels, even if not all of them are useful for indexing. This is required at both base scans and joins. It's a good thing anyway since the net impact is that join quals are checked at the lowest practical level in the join tree. Hence, discard the original rather ad-hoc mechanism for choosing parameterization joinquals, and build a better one that has a more principled rule for when clauses can be moved. The original rule was actually buggy anyway for lack of knowledge about which relations are part of an outer join's outer side; getting this right requires adding an outer_relids field to RestrictInfo.
2012-04-19 21:52:46 +02:00
* See the notes for RelOptInfo and ParamPathInfo to understand why
* joinrestrictinfo is needed in JoinPath, and can't be merged into the
* parent RelOptInfo.
*/
} JoinPath;
/*
* A nested-loop path needs no special fields.
*/
typedef JoinPath NestPath;
/*
* A mergejoin path has these fields.
*
* Unlike other path types, a MergePath node doesn't represent just a single
* run-time plan node: it can represent up to four. Aside from the MergeJoin
* node itself, there can be a Sort node for the outer input, a Sort node
* for the inner input, and/or a Material node for the inner input. We could
* represent these nodes by separate path nodes, but considering how many
* different merge paths are investigated during a complex join problem,
* it seems better to avoid unnecessary palloc overhead.
*
* path_mergeclauses lists the clauses (in the form of RestrictInfos)
* that will be used in the merge.
*
* Note that the mergeclauses are a subset of the parent relation's
* restriction-clause list. Any join clauses that are not mergejoinable
* appear only in the parent's restrict list, and must be checked by a
* qpqual at execution time.
*
* outersortkeys (resp. innersortkeys) is NIL if the outer path
* (resp. inner path) is already ordered appropriately for the
* mergejoin. If it is not NIL then it is a PathKeys list describing
* the ordering that must be created by an explicit Sort node.
*
* skip_mark_restore is true if the executor need not do mark/restore calls.
* Mark/restore overhead is usually required, but can be skipped if we know
* that the executor need find only one match per outer tuple, and that the
* mergeclauses are sufficient to identify a match. In such cases the
* executor can immediately advance the outer relation after processing a
* match, and therefore it need never back up the inner relation.
*
* materialize_inner is true if a Material node should be placed atop the
* inner input. This may appear with or without an inner Sort step.
*/
1999-02-12 18:25:05 +01:00
typedef struct MergePath
{
1999-02-12 18:25:05 +01:00
JoinPath jpath;
Phase 2 of pgindent updates. Change pg_bsd_indent to follow upstream rules for placement of comments to the right of code, and remove pgindent hack that caused comments following #endif to not obey the general rule. Commit e3860ffa4dd0dad0dd9eea4be9cc1412373a8c89 wasn't actually using the published version of pg_bsd_indent, but a hacked-up version that tried to minimize the amount of movement of comments to the right of code. The situation of interest is where such a comment has to be moved to the right of its default placement at column 33 because there's code there. BSD indent has always moved right in units of tab stops in such cases --- but in the previous incarnation, indent was working in 8-space tab stops, while now it knows we use 4-space tabs. So the net result is that in about half the cases, such comments are placed one tab stop left of before. This is better all around: it leaves more room on the line for comment text, and it means that in such cases the comment uniformly starts at the next 4-space tab stop after the code, rather than sometimes one and sometimes two tabs after. Also, ensure that comments following #endif are indented the same as comments following other preprocessor commands such as #else. That inconsistency turns out to have been self-inflicted damage from a poorly-thought-through post-indent "fixup" in pgindent. This patch is much less interesting than the first round of indent changes, but also bulkier, so I thought it best to separate the effects. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1dAmxK-0006EE-1r@gemulon.postgresql.org Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/30527.1495162840@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-06-21 21:18:54 +02:00
List *path_mergeclauses; /* join clauses to be used for merge */
2010-02-26 03:01:40 +01:00
List *outersortkeys; /* keys for explicit sort, if any */
List *innersortkeys; /* keys for explicit sort, if any */
Phase 2 of pgindent updates. Change pg_bsd_indent to follow upstream rules for placement of comments to the right of code, and remove pgindent hack that caused comments following #endif to not obey the general rule. Commit e3860ffa4dd0dad0dd9eea4be9cc1412373a8c89 wasn't actually using the published version of pg_bsd_indent, but a hacked-up version that tried to minimize the amount of movement of comments to the right of code. The situation of interest is where such a comment has to be moved to the right of its default placement at column 33 because there's code there. BSD indent has always moved right in units of tab stops in such cases --- but in the previous incarnation, indent was working in 8-space tab stops, while now it knows we use 4-space tabs. So the net result is that in about half the cases, such comments are placed one tab stop left of before. This is better all around: it leaves more room on the line for comment text, and it means that in such cases the comment uniformly starts at the next 4-space tab stop after the code, rather than sometimes one and sometimes two tabs after. Also, ensure that comments following #endif are indented the same as comments following other preprocessor commands such as #else. That inconsistency turns out to have been self-inflicted damage from a poorly-thought-through post-indent "fixup" in pgindent. This patch is much less interesting than the first round of indent changes, but also bulkier, so I thought it best to separate the effects. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1dAmxK-0006EE-1r@gemulon.postgresql.org Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/30527.1495162840@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-06-21 21:18:54 +02:00
bool skip_mark_restore; /* can executor skip mark/restore? */
bool materialize_inner; /* add Materialize to inner? */
} MergePath;
1999-02-22 20:55:44 +01:00
/*
* A hashjoin path has these fields.
*
* The remarks above for mergeclauses apply for hashclauses as well.
*
* Hashjoin does not care what order its inputs appear in, so we have
* no need for sortkeys.
1999-02-22 20:55:44 +01:00
*/
typedef struct HashPath
{
JoinPath jpath;
Phase 2 of pgindent updates. Change pg_bsd_indent to follow upstream rules for placement of comments to the right of code, and remove pgindent hack that caused comments following #endif to not obey the general rule. Commit e3860ffa4dd0dad0dd9eea4be9cc1412373a8c89 wasn't actually using the published version of pg_bsd_indent, but a hacked-up version that tried to minimize the amount of movement of comments to the right of code. The situation of interest is where such a comment has to be moved to the right of its default placement at column 33 because there's code there. BSD indent has always moved right in units of tab stops in such cases --- but in the previous incarnation, indent was working in 8-space tab stops, while now it knows we use 4-space tabs. So the net result is that in about half the cases, such comments are placed one tab stop left of before. This is better all around: it leaves more room on the line for comment text, and it means that in such cases the comment uniformly starts at the next 4-space tab stop after the code, rather than sometimes one and sometimes two tabs after. Also, ensure that comments following #endif are indented the same as comments following other preprocessor commands such as #else. That inconsistency turns out to have been self-inflicted damage from a poorly-thought-through post-indent "fixup" in pgindent. This patch is much less interesting than the first round of indent changes, but also bulkier, so I thought it best to separate the effects. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1dAmxK-0006EE-1r@gemulon.postgresql.org Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/30527.1495162840@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-06-21 21:18:54 +02:00
List *path_hashclauses; /* join clauses used for hashing */
int num_batches; /* number of batches expected */
Add parallel-aware hash joins. Introduce parallel-aware hash joins that appear in EXPLAIN plans as Parallel Hash Join with Parallel Hash. While hash joins could already appear in parallel queries, they were previously always parallel-oblivious and had a partial subplan only on the outer side, meaning that the work of the inner subplan was duplicated in every worker. After this commit, the planner will consider using a partial subplan on the inner side too, using the Parallel Hash node to divide the work over the available CPU cores and combine its results in shared memory. If the join needs to be split into multiple batches in order to respect work_mem, then workers process different batches as much as possible and then work together on the remaining batches. The advantages of a parallel-aware hash join over a parallel-oblivious hash join used in a parallel query are that it: * avoids wasting memory on duplicated hash tables * avoids wasting disk space on duplicated batch files * divides the work of building the hash table over the CPUs One disadvantage is that there is some communication between the participating CPUs which might outweigh the benefits of parallelism in the case of small hash tables. This is avoided by the planner's existing reluctance to supply partial plans for small scans, but it may be necessary to estimate synchronization costs in future if that situation changes. Another is that outer batch 0 must be written to disk if multiple batches are required. A potential future advantage of parallel-aware hash joins is that right and full outer joins could be supported, since there is a single set of matched bits for each hashtable, but that is not yet implemented. A new GUC enable_parallel_hash is defined to control the feature, defaulting to on. Author: Thomas Munro Reviewed-By: Andres Freund, Robert Haas Tested-By: Rafia Sabih, Prabhat Sahu Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm=2W=cOkiZxcg6qiFQP-dHUe09aqTrEMM7yJDrHMhDv_RA@mail.gmail.com https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm=37HKyJ4U6XOLi=JgfSHM3o6B-GaeO-6hkOmneTDkH+Uw@mail.gmail.com
2017-12-21 08:39:21 +01:00
double inner_rows_total; /* total inner rows expected */
} HashPath;
Make the upper part of the planner work by generating and comparing Paths. I've been saying we needed to do this for more than five years, and here it finally is. This patch removes the ever-growing tangle of spaghetti logic that grouping_planner() used to use to try to identify the best plan for post-scan/join query steps. Now, there is (nearly) independent consideration of each execution step, and entirely separate construction of Paths to represent each of the possible ways to do that step. We choose the best Path or set of Paths using the same add_path() logic that's been used inside query_planner() for years. In addition, this patch removes the old restriction that subquery_planner() could return only a single Plan. It now returns a RelOptInfo containing a set of Paths, just as query_planner() does, and the parent query level can use each of those Paths as the basis of a SubqueryScanPath at its level. This allows finding some optimizations that we missed before, wherein a subquery was capable of returning presorted data and thereby avoiding a sort in the parent level, making the overall cost cheaper even though delivering sorted output was not the cheapest plan for the subquery in isolation. (A couple of regression test outputs change in consequence of that. However, there is very little change in visible planner behavior overall, because the point of this patch is not to get immediate planning benefits but to create the infrastructure for future improvements.) There is a great deal left to do here. This patch unblocks a lot of planner work that was basically impractical in the old code structure, such as allowing FDWs to implement remote aggregation, or rewriting plan_set_operations() to allow consideration of multiple implementation orders for set operations. (The latter will likely require a full rewrite of plan_set_operations(); what I've done here is only to fix it to return Paths not Plans.) I have also left unfinished some localized refactoring in createplan.c and planner.c, because it was not necessary to get this patch to a working state. Thanks to Robert Haas, David Rowley, and Amit Kapila for review.
2016-03-07 21:58:22 +01:00
/*
* ProjectionPath represents a projection (that is, targetlist computation)
*
Refactor planning of projection steps that don't need a Result plan node. The original upper-planner-pathification design (commit 3fc6e2d7f5b652b4) assumed that we could always determine during Path formation whether or not we would need a Result plan node to perform projection of a targetlist. That turns out not to work very well, though, because createplan.c still has some responsibilities for choosing the specific target list associated with sorting/grouping nodes (in particular it might choose to add resjunk columns for sorting). We might not ever refactor that --- doing so would push more work into Path formation, which isn't attractive --- and we certainly won't do so for 9.6. So, while create_projection_path and apply_projection_to_path can tell for sure what will happen if the subpath is projection-capable, they can't tell for sure when it isn't. This is at least a latent bug in apply_projection_to_path, which might think it can apply a target to a non-projecting node when the node will end up computing something different. Also, I'd tied the creation of a ProjectionPath node to whether or not a Result is needed, but it turns out that we sometimes need a ProjectionPath node anyway to avoid modifying a possibly-shared subpath node. Callers had to use create_projection_path for such cases, and we added code to them that knew about the potential omission of a Result node and attempted to adjust the cost estimates for that. That was uncertainly correct and definitely ugly/unmaintainable. To fix, have create_projection_path explicitly check whether a Result is needed and adjust its cost estimate accordingly, though it creates a ProjectionPath in either case. apply_projection_to_path is now mostly just an optimized version that can avoid creating an extra Path node when the input is known to not be shared with any other live path. (There is one case that create_projection_path doesn't handle, which is pushing parallel-safe expressions below a Gather node. We could make it do that by duplicating the GatherPath, but there seems no need as yet.) create_projection_plan still has to recheck the tlist-match condition, which means that if the matching situation does get changed by createplan.c then we'll have made a slightly incorrect cost estimate. But there seems no help for that in the near term, and I doubt it occurs often enough, let alone would change planning decisions often enough, to be worth stressing about. I added a "dummypp" field to ProjectionPath to track whether create_projection_path thinks a Result is needed. This is not really necessary as-committed because create_projection_plan doesn't look at the flag; but it seems like a good idea to remember what we thought when forming the cost estimate, if only for debugging purposes. In passing, get rid of the target_parallel parameter added to apply_projection_to_path by commit 54f5c5150. I don't think that's a good idea because it involves callers in what should be an internal decision, and opens us up to missing optimization opportunities if callers think they don't need to provide a valid flag, as most don't. For the moment, this just costs us an extra has_parallel_hazard call when planning a Gather. If that starts to look expensive, I think a better solution would be to teach PathTarget to carry/cache knowledge of parallel-safety of its contents.
2016-06-22 00:38:20 +02:00
* Nominally, this path node represents using a Result plan node to do a
* projection step. However, if the input plan node supports projection,
* we can just modify its output targetlist to do the required calculations
* directly, and not need a Result. In some places in the planner we can just
* jam the desired PathTarget into the input path node (and adjust its cost
* accordingly), so we don't need a ProjectionPath. But in other places
* it's necessary to not modify the input path node, so we need a separate
* ProjectionPath node, which is marked dummy to indicate that we intend to
* assign the work to the input plan node. The estimated cost for the
* ProjectionPath node will account for whether a Result will be used or not.
Make the upper part of the planner work by generating and comparing Paths. I've been saying we needed to do this for more than five years, and here it finally is. This patch removes the ever-growing tangle of spaghetti logic that grouping_planner() used to use to try to identify the best plan for post-scan/join query steps. Now, there is (nearly) independent consideration of each execution step, and entirely separate construction of Paths to represent each of the possible ways to do that step. We choose the best Path or set of Paths using the same add_path() logic that's been used inside query_planner() for years. In addition, this patch removes the old restriction that subquery_planner() could return only a single Plan. It now returns a RelOptInfo containing a set of Paths, just as query_planner() does, and the parent query level can use each of those Paths as the basis of a SubqueryScanPath at its level. This allows finding some optimizations that we missed before, wherein a subquery was capable of returning presorted data and thereby avoiding a sort in the parent level, making the overall cost cheaper even though delivering sorted output was not the cheapest plan for the subquery in isolation. (A couple of regression test outputs change in consequence of that. However, there is very little change in visible planner behavior overall, because the point of this patch is not to get immediate planning benefits but to create the infrastructure for future improvements.) There is a great deal left to do here. This patch unblocks a lot of planner work that was basically impractical in the old code structure, such as allowing FDWs to implement remote aggregation, or rewriting plan_set_operations() to allow consideration of multiple implementation orders for set operations. (The latter will likely require a full rewrite of plan_set_operations(); what I've done here is only to fix it to return Paths not Plans.) I have also left unfinished some localized refactoring in createplan.c and planner.c, because it was not necessary to get this patch to a working state. Thanks to Robert Haas, David Rowley, and Amit Kapila for review.
2016-03-07 21:58:22 +01:00
*/
typedef struct ProjectionPath
{
Path path;
Path *subpath; /* path representing input source */
Refactor planning of projection steps that don't need a Result plan node. The original upper-planner-pathification design (commit 3fc6e2d7f5b652b4) assumed that we could always determine during Path formation whether or not we would need a Result plan node to perform projection of a targetlist. That turns out not to work very well, though, because createplan.c still has some responsibilities for choosing the specific target list associated with sorting/grouping nodes (in particular it might choose to add resjunk columns for sorting). We might not ever refactor that --- doing so would push more work into Path formation, which isn't attractive --- and we certainly won't do so for 9.6. So, while create_projection_path and apply_projection_to_path can tell for sure what will happen if the subpath is projection-capable, they can't tell for sure when it isn't. This is at least a latent bug in apply_projection_to_path, which might think it can apply a target to a non-projecting node when the node will end up computing something different. Also, I'd tied the creation of a ProjectionPath node to whether or not a Result is needed, but it turns out that we sometimes need a ProjectionPath node anyway to avoid modifying a possibly-shared subpath node. Callers had to use create_projection_path for such cases, and we added code to them that knew about the potential omission of a Result node and attempted to adjust the cost estimates for that. That was uncertainly correct and definitely ugly/unmaintainable. To fix, have create_projection_path explicitly check whether a Result is needed and adjust its cost estimate accordingly, though it creates a ProjectionPath in either case. apply_projection_to_path is now mostly just an optimized version that can avoid creating an extra Path node when the input is known to not be shared with any other live path. (There is one case that create_projection_path doesn't handle, which is pushing parallel-safe expressions below a Gather node. We could make it do that by duplicating the GatherPath, but there seems no need as yet.) create_projection_plan still has to recheck the tlist-match condition, which means that if the matching situation does get changed by createplan.c then we'll have made a slightly incorrect cost estimate. But there seems no help for that in the near term, and I doubt it occurs often enough, let alone would change planning decisions often enough, to be worth stressing about. I added a "dummypp" field to ProjectionPath to track whether create_projection_path thinks a Result is needed. This is not really necessary as-committed because create_projection_plan doesn't look at the flag; but it seems like a good idea to remember what we thought when forming the cost estimate, if only for debugging purposes. In passing, get rid of the target_parallel parameter added to apply_projection_to_path by commit 54f5c5150. I don't think that's a good idea because it involves callers in what should be an internal decision, and opens us up to missing optimization opportunities if callers think they don't need to provide a valid flag, as most don't. For the moment, this just costs us an extra has_parallel_hazard call when planning a Gather. If that starts to look expensive, I think a better solution would be to teach PathTarget to carry/cache knowledge of parallel-safety of its contents.
2016-06-22 00:38:20 +02:00
bool dummypp; /* true if no separate Result is needed */
Make the upper part of the planner work by generating and comparing Paths. I've been saying we needed to do this for more than five years, and here it finally is. This patch removes the ever-growing tangle of spaghetti logic that grouping_planner() used to use to try to identify the best plan for post-scan/join query steps. Now, there is (nearly) independent consideration of each execution step, and entirely separate construction of Paths to represent each of the possible ways to do that step. We choose the best Path or set of Paths using the same add_path() logic that's been used inside query_planner() for years. In addition, this patch removes the old restriction that subquery_planner() could return only a single Plan. It now returns a RelOptInfo containing a set of Paths, just as query_planner() does, and the parent query level can use each of those Paths as the basis of a SubqueryScanPath at its level. This allows finding some optimizations that we missed before, wherein a subquery was capable of returning presorted data and thereby avoiding a sort in the parent level, making the overall cost cheaper even though delivering sorted output was not the cheapest plan for the subquery in isolation. (A couple of regression test outputs change in consequence of that. However, there is very little change in visible planner behavior overall, because the point of this patch is not to get immediate planning benefits but to create the infrastructure for future improvements.) There is a great deal left to do here. This patch unblocks a lot of planner work that was basically impractical in the old code structure, such as allowing FDWs to implement remote aggregation, or rewriting plan_set_operations() to allow consideration of multiple implementation orders for set operations. (The latter will likely require a full rewrite of plan_set_operations(); what I've done here is only to fix it to return Paths not Plans.) I have also left unfinished some localized refactoring in createplan.c and planner.c, because it was not necessary to get this patch to a working state. Thanks to Robert Haas, David Rowley, and Amit Kapila for review.
2016-03-07 21:58:22 +01:00
} ProjectionPath;
Move targetlist SRF handling from expression evaluation to new executor node. Evaluation of set returning functions (SRFs_ in the targetlist (like SELECT generate_series(1,5)) so far was done in the expression evaluation (i.e. ExecEvalExpr()) and projection (i.e. ExecProject/ExecTargetList) code. This meant that most executor nodes performing projection, and most expression evaluation functions, had to deal with the possibility that an evaluated expression could return a set of return values. That's bad because it leads to repeated code in a lot of places. It also, and that's my (Andres's) motivation, made it a lot harder to implement a more efficient way of doing expression evaluation. To fix this, introduce a new executor node (ProjectSet) that can evaluate targetlists containing one or more SRFs. To avoid the complexity of the old way of handling nested expressions returning sets (e.g. having to pass up ExprDoneCond, and dealing with arguments to functions returning sets etc.), those SRFs can only be at the top level of the node's targetlist. The planner makes sure (via split_pathtarget_at_srfs()) that SRF evaluation is only necessary in ProjectSet nodes and that SRFs are only present at the top level of the node's targetlist. If there are nested SRFs the planner creates multiple stacked ProjectSet nodes. The ProjectSet nodes always get input from an underlying node. We also discussed and prototyped evaluating targetlist SRFs using ROWS FROM(), but that turned out to be more complicated than we'd hoped. While moving SRF evaluation to ProjectSet would allow to retain the old "least common multiple" behavior when multiple SRFs are present in one targetlist (i.e. continue returning rows until all SRFs are at the end of their input at the same time), we decided to instead only return rows till all SRFs are exhausted, returning NULL for already exhausted ones. We deemed the previous behavior to be too confusing, unexpected and actually not particularly useful. As a side effect, the previously prohibited case of multiple set returning arguments to a function, is now allowed. Not because it's particularly desirable, but because it ends up working and there seems to be no argument for adding code to prohibit it. Currently the behavior for COALESCE and CASE containing SRFs has changed, returning multiple rows from the expression, even when the SRF containing "arm" of the expression is not evaluated. That's because the SRFs are evaluated in a separate ProjectSet node. As that's quite confusing, we're likely to instead prohibit SRFs in those places. But that's still being discussed, and the code would reside in places not touched here, so that's a task for later. There's a lot of, now superfluous, code dealing with set return expressions around. But as the changes to get rid of those are verbose largely boring, it seems better for readability to keep the cleanup as a separate commit. Author: Tom Lane and Andres Freund Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/20160822214023.aaxz5l4igypowyri@alap3.anarazel.de
2017-01-18 21:46:50 +01:00
/*
* ProjectSetPath represents evaluation of a targetlist that includes
* set-returning function(s), which will need to be implemented by a
* ProjectSet plan node.
*/
typedef struct ProjectSetPath
{
Path path;
Path *subpath; /* path representing input source */
} ProjectSetPath;
Make the upper part of the planner work by generating and comparing Paths. I've been saying we needed to do this for more than five years, and here it finally is. This patch removes the ever-growing tangle of spaghetti logic that grouping_planner() used to use to try to identify the best plan for post-scan/join query steps. Now, there is (nearly) independent consideration of each execution step, and entirely separate construction of Paths to represent each of the possible ways to do that step. We choose the best Path or set of Paths using the same add_path() logic that's been used inside query_planner() for years. In addition, this patch removes the old restriction that subquery_planner() could return only a single Plan. It now returns a RelOptInfo containing a set of Paths, just as query_planner() does, and the parent query level can use each of those Paths as the basis of a SubqueryScanPath at its level. This allows finding some optimizations that we missed before, wherein a subquery was capable of returning presorted data and thereby avoiding a sort in the parent level, making the overall cost cheaper even though delivering sorted output was not the cheapest plan for the subquery in isolation. (A couple of regression test outputs change in consequence of that. However, there is very little change in visible planner behavior overall, because the point of this patch is not to get immediate planning benefits but to create the infrastructure for future improvements.) There is a great deal left to do here. This patch unblocks a lot of planner work that was basically impractical in the old code structure, such as allowing FDWs to implement remote aggregation, or rewriting plan_set_operations() to allow consideration of multiple implementation orders for set operations. (The latter will likely require a full rewrite of plan_set_operations(); what I've done here is only to fix it to return Paths not Plans.) I have also left unfinished some localized refactoring in createplan.c and planner.c, because it was not necessary to get this patch to a working state. Thanks to Robert Haas, David Rowley, and Amit Kapila for review.
2016-03-07 21:58:22 +01:00
/*
* SortPath represents an explicit sort step
*
* The sort keys are, by definition, the same as path.pathkeys.
*
* Note: the Sort plan node cannot project, so path.pathtarget must be the
* same as the input's pathtarget.
*/
typedef struct SortPath
{
Path path;
Path *subpath; /* path representing input source */
} SortPath;
/*
* GroupPath represents grouping (of presorted input)
*
* groupClause represents the columns to be grouped on; the input path
* must be at least that well sorted.
*
* We can also apply a qual to the grouped rows (equivalent of HAVING)
*/
typedef struct GroupPath
{
Path path;
Path *subpath; /* path representing input source */
List *groupClause; /* a list of SortGroupClause's */
List *qual; /* quals (HAVING quals), if any */
} GroupPath;
/*
* UpperUniquePath represents adjacent-duplicate removal (in presorted input)
*
* The columns to be compared are the first numkeys columns of the path's
* pathkeys. The input is presumed already sorted that way.
*/
typedef struct UpperUniquePath
{
Path path;
Path *subpath; /* path representing input source */
int numkeys; /* number of pathkey columns to compare */
} UpperUniquePath;
/*
* AggPath represents generic computation of aggregate functions
*
* This may involve plain grouping (but not grouping sets), using either
* sorted or hashed grouping; for the AGG_SORTED case, the input must be
* appropriately presorted.
*/
typedef struct AggPath
{
Path path;
Path *subpath; /* path representing input source */
AggStrategy aggstrategy; /* basic strategy, see nodes.h */
AggSplit aggsplit; /* agg-splitting mode, see nodes.h */
Make the upper part of the planner work by generating and comparing Paths. I've been saying we needed to do this for more than five years, and here it finally is. This patch removes the ever-growing tangle of spaghetti logic that grouping_planner() used to use to try to identify the best plan for post-scan/join query steps. Now, there is (nearly) independent consideration of each execution step, and entirely separate construction of Paths to represent each of the possible ways to do that step. We choose the best Path or set of Paths using the same add_path() logic that's been used inside query_planner() for years. In addition, this patch removes the old restriction that subquery_planner() could return only a single Plan. It now returns a RelOptInfo containing a set of Paths, just as query_planner() does, and the parent query level can use each of those Paths as the basis of a SubqueryScanPath at its level. This allows finding some optimizations that we missed before, wherein a subquery was capable of returning presorted data and thereby avoiding a sort in the parent level, making the overall cost cheaper even though delivering sorted output was not the cheapest plan for the subquery in isolation. (A couple of regression test outputs change in consequence of that. However, there is very little change in visible planner behavior overall, because the point of this patch is not to get immediate planning benefits but to create the infrastructure for future improvements.) There is a great deal left to do here. This patch unblocks a lot of planner work that was basically impractical in the old code structure, such as allowing FDWs to implement remote aggregation, or rewriting plan_set_operations() to allow consideration of multiple implementation orders for set operations. (The latter will likely require a full rewrite of plan_set_operations(); what I've done here is only to fix it to return Paths not Plans.) I have also left unfinished some localized refactoring in createplan.c and planner.c, because it was not necessary to get this patch to a working state. Thanks to Robert Haas, David Rowley, and Amit Kapila for review.
2016-03-07 21:58:22 +01:00
double numGroups; /* estimated number of groups in input */
List *groupClause; /* a list of SortGroupClause's */
List *qual; /* quals (HAVING quals), if any */
} AggPath;
/*
* Various annotations used for grouping sets in the planner.
*/
typedef struct GroupingSetData
{
NodeTag type;
List *set; /* grouping set as list of sortgrouprefs */
double numGroups; /* est. number of result groups */
} GroupingSetData;
typedef struct RollupData
{
NodeTag type;
List *groupClause; /* applicable subset of parse->groupClause */
List *gsets; /* lists of integer indexes into groupClause */
List *gsets_data; /* list of GroupingSetData */
double numGroups; /* est. number of result groups */
bool hashable; /* can be hashed */
bool is_hashed; /* to be implemented as a hashagg */
} RollupData;
Make the upper part of the planner work by generating and comparing Paths. I've been saying we needed to do this for more than five years, and here it finally is. This patch removes the ever-growing tangle of spaghetti logic that grouping_planner() used to use to try to identify the best plan for post-scan/join query steps. Now, there is (nearly) independent consideration of each execution step, and entirely separate construction of Paths to represent each of the possible ways to do that step. We choose the best Path or set of Paths using the same add_path() logic that's been used inside query_planner() for years. In addition, this patch removes the old restriction that subquery_planner() could return only a single Plan. It now returns a RelOptInfo containing a set of Paths, just as query_planner() does, and the parent query level can use each of those Paths as the basis of a SubqueryScanPath at its level. This allows finding some optimizations that we missed before, wherein a subquery was capable of returning presorted data and thereby avoiding a sort in the parent level, making the overall cost cheaper even though delivering sorted output was not the cheapest plan for the subquery in isolation. (A couple of regression test outputs change in consequence of that. However, there is very little change in visible planner behavior overall, because the point of this patch is not to get immediate planning benefits but to create the infrastructure for future improvements.) There is a great deal left to do here. This patch unblocks a lot of planner work that was basically impractical in the old code structure, such as allowing FDWs to implement remote aggregation, or rewriting plan_set_operations() to allow consideration of multiple implementation orders for set operations. (The latter will likely require a full rewrite of plan_set_operations(); what I've done here is only to fix it to return Paths not Plans.) I have also left unfinished some localized refactoring in createplan.c and planner.c, because it was not necessary to get this patch to a working state. Thanks to Robert Haas, David Rowley, and Amit Kapila for review.
2016-03-07 21:58:22 +01:00
/*
* GroupingSetsPath represents a GROUPING SETS aggregation
*/
Make the upper part of the planner work by generating and comparing Paths. I've been saying we needed to do this for more than five years, and here it finally is. This patch removes the ever-growing tangle of spaghetti logic that grouping_planner() used to use to try to identify the best plan for post-scan/join query steps. Now, there is (nearly) independent consideration of each execution step, and entirely separate construction of Paths to represent each of the possible ways to do that step. We choose the best Path or set of Paths using the same add_path() logic that's been used inside query_planner() for years. In addition, this patch removes the old restriction that subquery_planner() could return only a single Plan. It now returns a RelOptInfo containing a set of Paths, just as query_planner() does, and the parent query level can use each of those Paths as the basis of a SubqueryScanPath at its level. This allows finding some optimizations that we missed before, wherein a subquery was capable of returning presorted data and thereby avoiding a sort in the parent level, making the overall cost cheaper even though delivering sorted output was not the cheapest plan for the subquery in isolation. (A couple of regression test outputs change in consequence of that. However, there is very little change in visible planner behavior overall, because the point of this patch is not to get immediate planning benefits but to create the infrastructure for future improvements.) There is a great deal left to do here. This patch unblocks a lot of planner work that was basically impractical in the old code structure, such as allowing FDWs to implement remote aggregation, or rewriting plan_set_operations() to allow consideration of multiple implementation orders for set operations. (The latter will likely require a full rewrite of plan_set_operations(); what I've done here is only to fix it to return Paths not Plans.) I have also left unfinished some localized refactoring in createplan.c and planner.c, because it was not necessary to get this patch to a working state. Thanks to Robert Haas, David Rowley, and Amit Kapila for review.
2016-03-07 21:58:22 +01:00
typedef struct GroupingSetsPath
{
Path path;
Path *subpath; /* path representing input source */
AggStrategy aggstrategy; /* basic strategy */
List *rollups; /* list of RollupData */
Make the upper part of the planner work by generating and comparing Paths. I've been saying we needed to do this for more than five years, and here it finally is. This patch removes the ever-growing tangle of spaghetti logic that grouping_planner() used to use to try to identify the best plan for post-scan/join query steps. Now, there is (nearly) independent consideration of each execution step, and entirely separate construction of Paths to represent each of the possible ways to do that step. We choose the best Path or set of Paths using the same add_path() logic that's been used inside query_planner() for years. In addition, this patch removes the old restriction that subquery_planner() could return only a single Plan. It now returns a RelOptInfo containing a set of Paths, just as query_planner() does, and the parent query level can use each of those Paths as the basis of a SubqueryScanPath at its level. This allows finding some optimizations that we missed before, wherein a subquery was capable of returning presorted data and thereby avoiding a sort in the parent level, making the overall cost cheaper even though delivering sorted output was not the cheapest plan for the subquery in isolation. (A couple of regression test outputs change in consequence of that. However, there is very little change in visible planner behavior overall, because the point of this patch is not to get immediate planning benefits but to create the infrastructure for future improvements.) There is a great deal left to do here. This patch unblocks a lot of planner work that was basically impractical in the old code structure, such as allowing FDWs to implement remote aggregation, or rewriting plan_set_operations() to allow consideration of multiple implementation orders for set operations. (The latter will likely require a full rewrite of plan_set_operations(); what I've done here is only to fix it to return Paths not Plans.) I have also left unfinished some localized refactoring in createplan.c and planner.c, because it was not necessary to get this patch to a working state. Thanks to Robert Haas, David Rowley, and Amit Kapila for review.
2016-03-07 21:58:22 +01:00
List *qual; /* quals (HAVING quals), if any */
} GroupingSetsPath;
/*
* MinMaxAggPath represents computation of MIN/MAX aggregates from indexes
*/
typedef struct MinMaxAggPath
{
Path path;
List *mmaggregates; /* list of MinMaxAggInfo */
List *quals; /* HAVING quals, if any */
} MinMaxAggPath;
/*
* WindowAggPath represents generic computation of window functions
*/
typedef struct WindowAggPath
{
Path path;
Path *subpath; /* path representing input source */
WindowClause *winclause; /* WindowClause we'll be using */
} WindowAggPath;
/*
* SetOpPath represents a set-operation, that is INTERSECT or EXCEPT
*/
typedef struct SetOpPath
{
Path path;
Path *subpath; /* path representing input source */
SetOpCmd cmd; /* what to do, see nodes.h */
SetOpStrategy strategy; /* how to do it, see nodes.h */
List *distinctList; /* SortGroupClauses identifying target cols */
AttrNumber flagColIdx; /* where is the flag column, if any */
int firstFlag; /* flag value for first input relation */
double numGroups; /* estimated number of groups in input */
} SetOpPath;
/*
* RecursiveUnionPath represents a recursive UNION node
*/
typedef struct RecursiveUnionPath
{
Path path;
Path *leftpath; /* paths representing input sources */
Path *rightpath;
List *distinctList; /* SortGroupClauses identifying target cols */
int wtParam; /* ID of Param representing work table */
double numGroups; /* estimated number of groups in input */
} RecursiveUnionPath;
/*
* LockRowsPath represents acquiring row locks for SELECT FOR UPDATE/SHARE
*/
typedef struct LockRowsPath
{
Path path;
Path *subpath; /* path representing input source */
List *rowMarks; /* a list of PlanRowMark's */
int epqParam; /* ID of Param for EvalPlanQual re-eval */
} LockRowsPath;
/*
* ModifyTablePath represents performing INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE modifications
Make the upper part of the planner work by generating and comparing Paths. I've been saying we needed to do this for more than five years, and here it finally is. This patch removes the ever-growing tangle of spaghetti logic that grouping_planner() used to use to try to identify the best plan for post-scan/join query steps. Now, there is (nearly) independent consideration of each execution step, and entirely separate construction of Paths to represent each of the possible ways to do that step. We choose the best Path or set of Paths using the same add_path() logic that's been used inside query_planner() for years. In addition, this patch removes the old restriction that subquery_planner() could return only a single Plan. It now returns a RelOptInfo containing a set of Paths, just as query_planner() does, and the parent query level can use each of those Paths as the basis of a SubqueryScanPath at its level. This allows finding some optimizations that we missed before, wherein a subquery was capable of returning presorted data and thereby avoiding a sort in the parent level, making the overall cost cheaper even though delivering sorted output was not the cheapest plan for the subquery in isolation. (A couple of regression test outputs change in consequence of that. However, there is very little change in visible planner behavior overall, because the point of this patch is not to get immediate planning benefits but to create the infrastructure for future improvements.) There is a great deal left to do here. This patch unblocks a lot of planner work that was basically impractical in the old code structure, such as allowing FDWs to implement remote aggregation, or rewriting plan_set_operations() to allow consideration of multiple implementation orders for set operations. (The latter will likely require a full rewrite of plan_set_operations(); what I've done here is only to fix it to return Paths not Plans.) I have also left unfinished some localized refactoring in createplan.c and planner.c, because it was not necessary to get this patch to a working state. Thanks to Robert Haas, David Rowley, and Amit Kapila for review.
2016-03-07 21:58:22 +01:00
*
* We represent most things that will be in the ModifyTable plan node
* literally, except we have child Path(s) not Plan(s). But analysis of the
* OnConflictExpr is deferred to createplan.c, as is collection of FDW data.
*/
typedef struct ModifyTablePath
{
Path path;
CmdType operation; /* INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE */
Make the upper part of the planner work by generating and comparing Paths. I've been saying we needed to do this for more than five years, and here it finally is. This patch removes the ever-growing tangle of spaghetti logic that grouping_planner() used to use to try to identify the best plan for post-scan/join query steps. Now, there is (nearly) independent consideration of each execution step, and entirely separate construction of Paths to represent each of the possible ways to do that step. We choose the best Path or set of Paths using the same add_path() logic that's been used inside query_planner() for years. In addition, this patch removes the old restriction that subquery_planner() could return only a single Plan. It now returns a RelOptInfo containing a set of Paths, just as query_planner() does, and the parent query level can use each of those Paths as the basis of a SubqueryScanPath at its level. This allows finding some optimizations that we missed before, wherein a subquery was capable of returning presorted data and thereby avoiding a sort in the parent level, making the overall cost cheaper even though delivering sorted output was not the cheapest plan for the subquery in isolation. (A couple of regression test outputs change in consequence of that. However, there is very little change in visible planner behavior overall, because the point of this patch is not to get immediate planning benefits but to create the infrastructure for future improvements.) There is a great deal left to do here. This patch unblocks a lot of planner work that was basically impractical in the old code structure, such as allowing FDWs to implement remote aggregation, or rewriting plan_set_operations() to allow consideration of multiple implementation orders for set operations. (The latter will likely require a full rewrite of plan_set_operations(); what I've done here is only to fix it to return Paths not Plans.) I have also left unfinished some localized refactoring in createplan.c and planner.c, because it was not necessary to get this patch to a working state. Thanks to Robert Haas, David Rowley, and Amit Kapila for review.
2016-03-07 21:58:22 +01:00
bool canSetTag; /* do we set the command tag/es_processed? */
Index nominalRelation; /* Parent RT index for use of EXPLAIN */
Index rootRelation; /* Root RT index, if target is partitioned */
bool partColsUpdated; /* some part key in hierarchy updated */
Make the upper part of the planner work by generating and comparing Paths. I've been saying we needed to do this for more than five years, and here it finally is. This patch removes the ever-growing tangle of spaghetti logic that grouping_planner() used to use to try to identify the best plan for post-scan/join query steps. Now, there is (nearly) independent consideration of each execution step, and entirely separate construction of Paths to represent each of the possible ways to do that step. We choose the best Path or set of Paths using the same add_path() logic that's been used inside query_planner() for years. In addition, this patch removes the old restriction that subquery_planner() could return only a single Plan. It now returns a RelOptInfo containing a set of Paths, just as query_planner() does, and the parent query level can use each of those Paths as the basis of a SubqueryScanPath at its level. This allows finding some optimizations that we missed before, wherein a subquery was capable of returning presorted data and thereby avoiding a sort in the parent level, making the overall cost cheaper even though delivering sorted output was not the cheapest plan for the subquery in isolation. (A couple of regression test outputs change in consequence of that. However, there is very little change in visible planner behavior overall, because the point of this patch is not to get immediate planning benefits but to create the infrastructure for future improvements.) There is a great deal left to do here. This patch unblocks a lot of planner work that was basically impractical in the old code structure, such as allowing FDWs to implement remote aggregation, or rewriting plan_set_operations() to allow consideration of multiple implementation orders for set operations. (The latter will likely require a full rewrite of plan_set_operations(); what I've done here is only to fix it to return Paths not Plans.) I have also left unfinished some localized refactoring in createplan.c and planner.c, because it was not necessary to get this patch to a working state. Thanks to Robert Haas, David Rowley, and Amit Kapila for review.
2016-03-07 21:58:22 +01:00
List *resultRelations; /* integer list of RT indexes */
List *subpaths; /* Path(s) producing source data */
List *subroots; /* per-target-table PlannerInfos */
List *withCheckOptionLists; /* per-target-table WCO lists */
List *returningLists; /* per-target-table RETURNING tlists */
List *rowMarks; /* PlanRowMarks (non-locking only) */
OnConflictExpr *onconflict; /* ON CONFLICT clause, or NULL */
int epqParam; /* ID of Param for EvalPlanQual re-eval */
} ModifyTablePath;
/*
* LimitPath represents applying LIMIT/OFFSET restrictions
*/
typedef struct LimitPath
{
Path path;
Path *subpath; /* path representing input source */
Node *limitOffset; /* OFFSET parameter, or NULL if none */
Node *limitCount; /* COUNT parameter, or NULL if none */
} LimitPath;
1999-02-22 20:55:44 +01:00
/*
* Restriction clause info.
*
* We create one of these for each AND sub-clause of a restriction condition
* (WHERE or JOIN/ON clause). Since the restriction clauses are logically
* ANDed, we can use any one of them or any subset of them to filter out
* tuples, without having to evaluate the rest. The RestrictInfo node itself
* stores data used by the optimizer while choosing the best query plan.
*
* If a restriction clause references a single base relation, it will appear
* in the baserestrictinfo list of the RelOptInfo for that base rel.
*
* If a restriction clause references more than one base rel, it will
* appear in the joininfo list of every RelOptInfo that describes a strict
* subset of the base rels mentioned in the clause. The joininfo lists are
* used to drive join tree building by selecting plausible join candidates.
* The clause cannot actually be applied until we have built a join rel
* containing all the base rels it references, however.
*
* When we construct a join rel that includes all the base rels referenced
* in a multi-relation restriction clause, we place that clause into the
* joinrestrictinfo lists of paths for the join rel, if neither left nor
* right sub-path includes all base rels referenced in the clause. The clause
* will be applied at that join level, and will not propagate any further up
* the join tree. (Note: the "predicate migration" code was once intended to
* push restriction clauses up and down the plan tree based on evaluation
* costs, but it's dead code and is unlikely to be resurrected in the
* foreseeable future.)
*
* Note that in the presence of more than two rels, a multi-rel restriction
* might reach different heights in the join tree depending on the join
* sequence we use. So, these clauses cannot be associated directly with
* the join RelOptInfo, but must be kept track of on a per-join-path basis.
*
* RestrictInfos that represent equivalence conditions (i.e., mergejoinable
* equalities that are not outerjoin-delayed) are handled a bit differently.
* Initially we attach them to the EquivalenceClasses that are derived from
* them. When we construct a scan or join path, we look through all the
* EquivalenceClasses and generate derived RestrictInfos representing the
* minimal set of conditions that need to be checked for this particular scan
* or join to enforce that all members of each EquivalenceClass are in fact
* equal in all rows emitted by the scan or join.
*
* When dealing with outer joins we have to be very careful about pushing qual
* clauses up and down the tree. An outer join's own JOIN/ON conditions must
Fix some planner issues found while investigating Kevin Grittner's report of poorer planning in 8.3 than 8.2: 1. After pushing a constant across an outer join --- ie, given "a LEFT JOIN b ON (a.x = b.y) WHERE a.x = 42", we can deduce that b.y is sort of equal to 42, in the sense that we needn't fetch any b rows where it isn't 42 --- loop to see if any additional deductions can be made. Previous releases did that by recursing, but I had mistakenly thought that this was no longer necessary given the EquivalenceClass machinery. 2. Allow pushing constants across outer join conditions even if the condition is outerjoin_delayed due to a lower outer join. This is safe as long as the condition is strict and we re-test it at the upper join. 3. Keep the outer-join clause even if we successfully push a constant across it. This is *necessary* in the outerjoin_delayed case, but even in the simple case, it seems better to do this to ensure that the join search order heuristics will consider the join as reasonable to make. Mark such a clause as having selectivity 1.0, though, since it's not going to eliminate very many rows after application of the constant condition. 4. Tweak have_relevant_eclass_joinclause to report that two relations are joinable when they have vars that are equated to the same constant. We won't actually generate any joinclause from such an EquivalenceClass, but again it seems that in such a case it's a good idea to consider the join as worth costing out. 5. Fix a bug in select_mergejoin_clauses that was exposed by these changes: we have to reject candidate mergejoin clauses if either side was equated to a constant, because we can't construct a canonical pathkey list for such a clause. This is an implementation restriction that might be worth fixing someday, but it doesn't seem critical to get it done for 8.3.
2008-01-09 21:42:29 +01:00
* be evaluated exactly at that join node, unless they are "degenerate"
* conditions that reference only Vars from the nullable side of the join.
* Quals appearing in WHERE or in a JOIN above the outer join cannot be pushed
* down below the outer join, if they reference any nullable Vars.
* RestrictInfo nodes contain a flag to indicate whether a qual has been
* pushed down to a lower level than its original syntactic placement in the
* join tree would suggest. If an outer join prevents us from pushing a qual
* down to its "natural" semantic level (the level associated with just the
* base rels used in the qual) then we mark the qual with a "required_relids"
* value including more than just the base rels it actually uses. By
Fix some planner issues found while investigating Kevin Grittner's report of poorer planning in 8.3 than 8.2: 1. After pushing a constant across an outer join --- ie, given "a LEFT JOIN b ON (a.x = b.y) WHERE a.x = 42", we can deduce that b.y is sort of equal to 42, in the sense that we needn't fetch any b rows where it isn't 42 --- loop to see if any additional deductions can be made. Previous releases did that by recursing, but I had mistakenly thought that this was no longer necessary given the EquivalenceClass machinery. 2. Allow pushing constants across outer join conditions even if the condition is outerjoin_delayed due to a lower outer join. This is safe as long as the condition is strict and we re-test it at the upper join. 3. Keep the outer-join clause even if we successfully push a constant across it. This is *necessary* in the outerjoin_delayed case, but even in the simple case, it seems better to do this to ensure that the join search order heuristics will consider the join as reasonable to make. Mark such a clause as having selectivity 1.0, though, since it's not going to eliminate very many rows after application of the constant condition. 4. Tweak have_relevant_eclass_joinclause to report that two relations are joinable when they have vars that are equated to the same constant. We won't actually generate any joinclause from such an EquivalenceClass, but again it seems that in such a case it's a good idea to consider the join as worth costing out. 5. Fix a bug in select_mergejoin_clauses that was exposed by these changes: we have to reject candidate mergejoin clauses if either side was equated to a constant, because we can't construct a canonical pathkey list for such a clause. This is an implementation restriction that might be worth fixing someday, but it doesn't seem critical to get it done for 8.3.
2008-01-09 21:42:29 +01:00
* pretending that the qual references all the rels required to form the outer
* join, we prevent it from being evaluated below the outer join's joinrel.
* When we do form the outer join's joinrel, we still need to distinguish
* those quals that are actually in that join's JOIN/ON condition from those
* that appeared elsewhere in the tree and were pushed down to the join rel
* because they used no other rels. That's what the is_pushed_down flag is
* for; it tells us that a qual is not an OUTER JOIN qual for the set of base
* rels listed in required_relids. A clause that originally came from WHERE
* or an INNER JOIN condition will *always* have its is_pushed_down flag set.
* It's possible for an OUTER JOIN clause to be marked is_pushed_down too,
* if we decide that it can be pushed down into the nullable side of the join.
* In that case it acts as a plain filter qual for wherever it gets evaluated.
Fix some planner issues found while investigating Kevin Grittner's report of poorer planning in 8.3 than 8.2: 1. After pushing a constant across an outer join --- ie, given "a LEFT JOIN b ON (a.x = b.y) WHERE a.x = 42", we can deduce that b.y is sort of equal to 42, in the sense that we needn't fetch any b rows where it isn't 42 --- loop to see if any additional deductions can be made. Previous releases did that by recursing, but I had mistakenly thought that this was no longer necessary given the EquivalenceClass machinery. 2. Allow pushing constants across outer join conditions even if the condition is outerjoin_delayed due to a lower outer join. This is safe as long as the condition is strict and we re-test it at the upper join. 3. Keep the outer-join clause even if we successfully push a constant across it. This is *necessary* in the outerjoin_delayed case, but even in the simple case, it seems better to do this to ensure that the join search order heuristics will consider the join as reasonable to make. Mark such a clause as having selectivity 1.0, though, since it's not going to eliminate very many rows after application of the constant condition. 4. Tweak have_relevant_eclass_joinclause to report that two relations are joinable when they have vars that are equated to the same constant. We won't actually generate any joinclause from such an EquivalenceClass, but again it seems that in such a case it's a good idea to consider the join as worth costing out. 5. Fix a bug in select_mergejoin_clauses that was exposed by these changes: we have to reject candidate mergejoin clauses if either side was equated to a constant, because we can't construct a canonical pathkey list for such a clause. This is an implementation restriction that might be worth fixing someday, but it doesn't seem critical to get it done for 8.3.
2008-01-09 21:42:29 +01:00
* (In short, is_pushed_down is only false for non-degenerate outer join
* conditions. Possibly we should rename it to reflect that meaning? But
* see also the comments for RINFO_IS_PUSHED_DOWN, below.)
*
Fix some planner issues found while investigating Kevin Grittner's report of poorer planning in 8.3 than 8.2: 1. After pushing a constant across an outer join --- ie, given "a LEFT JOIN b ON (a.x = b.y) WHERE a.x = 42", we can deduce that b.y is sort of equal to 42, in the sense that we needn't fetch any b rows where it isn't 42 --- loop to see if any additional deductions can be made. Previous releases did that by recursing, but I had mistakenly thought that this was no longer necessary given the EquivalenceClass machinery. 2. Allow pushing constants across outer join conditions even if the condition is outerjoin_delayed due to a lower outer join. This is safe as long as the condition is strict and we re-test it at the upper join. 3. Keep the outer-join clause even if we successfully push a constant across it. This is *necessary* in the outerjoin_delayed case, but even in the simple case, it seems better to do this to ensure that the join search order heuristics will consider the join as reasonable to make. Mark such a clause as having selectivity 1.0, though, since it's not going to eliminate very many rows after application of the constant condition. 4. Tweak have_relevant_eclass_joinclause to report that two relations are joinable when they have vars that are equated to the same constant. We won't actually generate any joinclause from such an EquivalenceClass, but again it seems that in such a case it's a good idea to consider the join as worth costing out. 5. Fix a bug in select_mergejoin_clauses that was exposed by these changes: we have to reject candidate mergejoin clauses if either side was equated to a constant, because we can't construct a canonical pathkey list for such a clause. This is an implementation restriction that might be worth fixing someday, but it doesn't seem critical to get it done for 8.3.
2008-01-09 21:42:29 +01:00
* RestrictInfo nodes also contain an outerjoin_delayed flag, which is true
* if the clause's applicability must be delayed due to any outer joins
* appearing below it (ie, it has to be postponed to some join level higher
Revise parameterized-path mechanism to fix assorted issues. This patch adjusts the treatment of parameterized paths so that all paths with the same parameterization (same set of required outer rels) for the same relation will have the same rowcount estimate. We cache the rowcount estimates to ensure that property, and hopefully save a few cycles too. Doing this makes it practical for add_path_precheck to operate without a rowcount estimate: it need only assume that paths with different parameterizations never dominate each other, which is close enough to true anyway for coarse filtering, because normally a more-parameterized path should yield fewer rows thanks to having more join clauses to apply. In add_path, we do the full nine yards of comparing rowcount estimates along with everything else, so that we can discard parameterized paths that don't actually have an advantage. This fixes some issues I'd found with add_path rejecting parameterized paths on the grounds that they were more expensive than not-parameterized ones, even though they yielded many fewer rows and hence would be cheaper once subsequent joining was considered. To make the same-rowcounts assumption valid, we have to require that any parameterized path enforce *all* join clauses that could be obtained from the particular set of outer rels, even if not all of them are useful for indexing. This is required at both base scans and joins. It's a good thing anyway since the net impact is that join quals are checked at the lowest practical level in the join tree. Hence, discard the original rather ad-hoc mechanism for choosing parameterization joinquals, and build a better one that has a more principled rule for when clauses can be moved. The original rule was actually buggy anyway for lack of knowledge about which relations are part of an outer join's outer side; getting this right requires adding an outer_relids field to RestrictInfo.
2012-04-19 21:52:46 +02:00
* than the set of relations it actually references).
*
* There is also an outer_relids field, which is NULL except for outer join
* clauses; for those, it is the set of relids on the outer side of the
* clause's outer join. (These are rels that the clause cannot be applied to
* in parameterized scans, since pushing it into the join's outer side would
* lead to wrong answers.)
*
* There is also a nullable_relids field, which is the set of rels the clause
* references that can be forced null by some outer join below the clause.
*
* outerjoin_delayed = true is subtly different from nullable_relids != NULL:
* a clause might reference some nullable rels and yet not be
* outerjoin_delayed because it also references all the other rels of the
* outer join(s). A clause that is not outerjoin_delayed can be enforced
* anywhere it is computable.
*
Improve RLS planning by marking individual quals with security levels. In an RLS query, we must ensure that security filter quals are evaluated before ordinary query quals, in case the latter contain "leaky" functions that could expose the contents of sensitive rows. The original implementation of RLS planning ensured this by pushing the scan of a secured table into a sub-query that it marked as a security-barrier view. Unfortunately this results in very inefficient plans in many cases, because the sub-query cannot be flattened and gets planned independently of the rest of the query. To fix, drop the use of sub-queries to enforce RLS qual order, and instead mark each qual (RestrictInfo) with a security_level field establishing its priority for evaluation. Quals must be evaluated in security_level order, except that "leakproof" quals can be allowed to go ahead of quals of lower security_level, if it's helpful to do so. This has to be enforced within the ordering of any one list of quals to be evaluated at a table scan node, and we also have to ensure that quals are not chosen for early evaluation (i.e., use as an index qual or TID scan qual) if they're not allowed to go ahead of other quals at the scan node. This is sufficient to fix the problem for RLS quals, since we only support RLS policies on simple tables and thus RLS quals will always exist at the table scan level only. Eventually these qual ordering rules should be enforced for join quals as well, which would permit improving planning for explicit security-barrier views; but that's a task for another patch. Note that FDWs would need to be aware of these rules --- and not, for example, send an insecure qual for remote execution --- but since we do not yet allow RLS policies on foreign tables, the case doesn't arise. This will need to be addressed before we can allow such policies. Patch by me, reviewed by Stephen Frost and Dean Rasheed. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8185.1477432701@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-01-18 18:58:20 +01:00
* To handle security-barrier conditions efficiently, we mark RestrictInfo
* nodes with a security_level field, in which higher values identify clauses
* coming from less-trusted sources. The exact semantics are that a clause
* cannot be evaluated before another clause with a lower security_level value
* unless the first clause is leakproof. As with outer-join clauses, this
* creates a reason for clauses to sometimes need to be evaluated higher in
* the join tree than their contents would suggest; and even at a single plan
* node, this rule constrains the order of application of clauses.
*
* In general, the referenced clause might be arbitrarily complex. The
* kinds of clauses we can handle as indexscan quals, mergejoin clauses,
* or hashjoin clauses are limited (e.g., no volatile functions). The code
* for each kind of path is responsible for identifying the restrict clauses
* it can use and ignoring the rest. Clauses not implemented by an indexscan,
* mergejoin, or hashjoin will be placed in the plan qual or joinqual field
* of the finished Plan node, where they will be enforced by general-purpose
* qual-expression-evaluation code. (But we are still entitled to count
* their selectivity when estimating the result tuple count, if we
* can guess what it is...)
*
* When the referenced clause is an OR clause, we generate a modified copy
* in which additional RestrictInfo nodes are inserted below the top-level
* OR/AND structure. This is a convenience for OR indexscan processing:
* indexquals taken from either the top level or an OR subclause will have
* associated RestrictInfo nodes.
*
* The can_join flag is set true if the clause looks potentially useful as
* a merge or hash join clause, that is if it is a binary opclause with
* nonoverlapping sets of relids referenced in the left and right sides.
* (Whether the operator is actually merge or hash joinable isn't checked,
* however.)
*
* The pseudoconstant flag is set true if the clause contains no Vars of
* the current query level and no volatile functions. Such a clause can be
* pulled out and used as a one-time qual in a gating Result node. We keep
* pseudoconstant clauses in the same lists as other RestrictInfos so that
* the regular clause-pushing machinery can assign them to the correct join
* level, but they need to be treated specially for cost and selectivity
* estimates. Note that a pseudoconstant clause can never be an indexqual
* or merge or hash join clause, so it's of no interest to large parts of
* the planner.
*
* When join clauses are generated from EquivalenceClasses, there may be
* several equally valid ways to enforce join equivalence, of which we need
* apply only one. We mark clauses of this kind by setting parent_ec to
* point to the generating EquivalenceClass. Multiple clauses with the same
* parent_ec in the same join are redundant.
1999-02-22 20:55:44 +01:00
*/
typedef struct RestrictInfo
{
NodeTag type;
Expr *clause; /* the represented clause of WHERE or JOIN */
bool is_pushed_down; /* true if clause was pushed down in level */
bool outerjoin_delayed; /* true if delayed by lower outer join */
bool can_join; /* see comment above */
2006-10-04 02:30:14 +02:00
bool pseudoconstant; /* see comment above */
bool leakproof; /* true if known to contain no leaked Vars */
Improve RLS planning by marking individual quals with security levels. In an RLS query, we must ensure that security filter quals are evaluated before ordinary query quals, in case the latter contain "leaky" functions that could expose the contents of sensitive rows. The original implementation of RLS planning ensured this by pushing the scan of a secured table into a sub-query that it marked as a security-barrier view. Unfortunately this results in very inefficient plans in many cases, because the sub-query cannot be flattened and gets planned independently of the rest of the query. To fix, drop the use of sub-queries to enforce RLS qual order, and instead mark each qual (RestrictInfo) with a security_level field establishing its priority for evaluation. Quals must be evaluated in security_level order, except that "leakproof" quals can be allowed to go ahead of quals of lower security_level, if it's helpful to do so. This has to be enforced within the ordering of any one list of quals to be evaluated at a table scan node, and we also have to ensure that quals are not chosen for early evaluation (i.e., use as an index qual or TID scan qual) if they're not allowed to go ahead of other quals at the scan node. This is sufficient to fix the problem for RLS quals, since we only support RLS policies on simple tables and thus RLS quals will always exist at the table scan level only. Eventually these qual ordering rules should be enforced for join quals as well, which would permit improving planning for explicit security-barrier views; but that's a task for another patch. Note that FDWs would need to be aware of these rules --- and not, for example, send an insecure qual for remote execution --- but since we do not yet allow RLS policies on foreign tables, the case doesn't arise. This will need to be addressed before we can allow such policies. Patch by me, reviewed by Stephen Frost and Dean Rasheed. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/8185.1477432701@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-01-18 18:58:20 +01:00
Index security_level; /* see comment above */
/* The set of relids (varnos) actually referenced in the clause: */
Relids clause_relids;
/* The set of relids required to evaluate the clause: */
Relids required_relids;
Revise parameterized-path mechanism to fix assorted issues. This patch adjusts the treatment of parameterized paths so that all paths with the same parameterization (same set of required outer rels) for the same relation will have the same rowcount estimate. We cache the rowcount estimates to ensure that property, and hopefully save a few cycles too. Doing this makes it practical for add_path_precheck to operate without a rowcount estimate: it need only assume that paths with different parameterizations never dominate each other, which is close enough to true anyway for coarse filtering, because normally a more-parameterized path should yield fewer rows thanks to having more join clauses to apply. In add_path, we do the full nine yards of comparing rowcount estimates along with everything else, so that we can discard parameterized paths that don't actually have an advantage. This fixes some issues I'd found with add_path rejecting parameterized paths on the grounds that they were more expensive than not-parameterized ones, even though they yielded many fewer rows and hence would be cheaper once subsequent joining was considered. To make the same-rowcounts assumption valid, we have to require that any parameterized path enforce *all* join clauses that could be obtained from the particular set of outer rels, even if not all of them are useful for indexing. This is required at both base scans and joins. It's a good thing anyway since the net impact is that join quals are checked at the lowest practical level in the join tree. Hence, discard the original rather ad-hoc mechanism for choosing parameterization joinquals, and build a better one that has a more principled rule for when clauses can be moved. The original rule was actually buggy anyway for lack of knowledge about which relations are part of an outer join's outer side; getting this right requires adding an outer_relids field to RestrictInfo.
2012-04-19 21:52:46 +02:00
/* If an outer-join clause, the outer-side relations, else NULL: */
Relids outer_relids;
/* The relids used in the clause that are nullable by lower outer joins: */
Relids nullable_relids;
/* These fields are set for any binary opclause: */
Relids left_relids; /* relids in left side of clause */
Relids right_relids; /* relids in right side of clause */
/* This field is NULL unless clause is an OR clause: */
Expr *orclause; /* modified clause with RestrictInfos */
/* This field is NULL unless clause is potentially redundant: */
EquivalenceClass *parent_ec; /* generating EquivalenceClass */
/* cache space for cost and selectivity */
QualCost eval_cost; /* eval cost of clause; -1 if not yet set */
Selectivity norm_selec; /* selectivity for "normal" (JOIN_INNER)
* semantics; -1 if not yet set; >1 means a
* redundant clause */
Selectivity outer_selec; /* selectivity for outer join semantics; -1 if
* not yet set */
/* valid if clause is mergejoinable, else NIL */
List *mergeopfamilies; /* opfamilies containing clause operator */
/* cache space for mergeclause processing; NULL if not yet set */
EquivalenceClass *left_ec; /* EquivalenceClass containing lefthand */
2007-11-15 22:14:46 +01:00
EquivalenceClass *right_ec; /* EquivalenceClass containing righthand */
EquivalenceMember *left_em; /* EquivalenceMember for lefthand */
EquivalenceMember *right_em; /* EquivalenceMember for righthand */
List *scansel_cache; /* list of MergeScanSelCache structs */
/* transient workspace for use while considering a specific join path */
bool outer_is_left; /* T = outer var on left, F = on right */
/* valid if clause is hashjoinable, else InvalidOid: */
Phase 2 of pgindent updates. Change pg_bsd_indent to follow upstream rules for placement of comments to the right of code, and remove pgindent hack that caused comments following #endif to not obey the general rule. Commit e3860ffa4dd0dad0dd9eea4be9cc1412373a8c89 wasn't actually using the published version of pg_bsd_indent, but a hacked-up version that tried to minimize the amount of movement of comments to the right of code. The situation of interest is where such a comment has to be moved to the right of its default placement at column 33 because there's code there. BSD indent has always moved right in units of tab stops in such cases --- but in the previous incarnation, indent was working in 8-space tab stops, while now it knows we use 4-space tabs. So the net result is that in about half the cases, such comments are placed one tab stop left of before. This is better all around: it leaves more room on the line for comment text, and it means that in such cases the comment uniformly starts at the next 4-space tab stop after the code, rather than sometimes one and sometimes two tabs after. Also, ensure that comments following #endif are indented the same as comments following other preprocessor commands such as #else. That inconsistency turns out to have been self-inflicted damage from a poorly-thought-through post-indent "fixup" in pgindent. This patch is much less interesting than the first round of indent changes, but also bulkier, so I thought it best to separate the effects. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1dAmxK-0006EE-1r@gemulon.postgresql.org Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/30527.1495162840@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-06-21 21:18:54 +02:00
Oid hashjoinoperator; /* copy of clause operator */
/* cache space for hashclause processing; -1 if not yet set */
Selectivity left_bucketsize; /* avg bucketsize of left side */
Phase 2 of pgindent updates. Change pg_bsd_indent to follow upstream rules for placement of comments to the right of code, and remove pgindent hack that caused comments following #endif to not obey the general rule. Commit e3860ffa4dd0dad0dd9eea4be9cc1412373a8c89 wasn't actually using the published version of pg_bsd_indent, but a hacked-up version that tried to minimize the amount of movement of comments to the right of code. The situation of interest is where such a comment has to be moved to the right of its default placement at column 33 because there's code there. BSD indent has always moved right in units of tab stops in such cases --- but in the previous incarnation, indent was working in 8-space tab stops, while now it knows we use 4-space tabs. So the net result is that in about half the cases, such comments are placed one tab stop left of before. This is better all around: it leaves more room on the line for comment text, and it means that in such cases the comment uniformly starts at the next 4-space tab stop after the code, rather than sometimes one and sometimes two tabs after. Also, ensure that comments following #endif are indented the same as comments following other preprocessor commands such as #else. That inconsistency turns out to have been self-inflicted damage from a poorly-thought-through post-indent "fixup" in pgindent. This patch is much less interesting than the first round of indent changes, but also bulkier, so I thought it best to separate the effects. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1dAmxK-0006EE-1r@gemulon.postgresql.org Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/30527.1495162840@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-06-21 21:18:54 +02:00
Selectivity right_bucketsize; /* avg bucketsize of right side */
Avoid out-of-memory in a hash join with many duplicate inner keys. The executor is capable of splitting buckets during a hash join if too much memory is being used by a small number of buckets. However, this only helps if a bucket's population is actually divisible; if all the hash keys are alike, the tuples still end up in the same new bucket. This can result in an OOM failure if there are enough inner keys with identical hash values. The planner's cost estimates will bias it against choosing a hash join in such situations, but not by so much that it will never do so. To mitigate the OOM hazard, explicitly estimate the hash bucket space needed by just the inner side's most common value, and if that would exceed work_mem then add disable_cost to the hash cost estimate. This approach doesn't account for the possibility that two or more common values would share the same hash value. On the other hand, work_mem is normally a fairly conservative bound, so that eating two or more times that much space is probably not going to kill us. If we have no stats about the inner side, ignore this consideration. There was some discussion of making a conservative assumption, but that would effectively result in disabling hash join whenever we lack stats, which seems like an overreaction given how seldom the problem manifests in the field. Per a complaint from David Hinkle. Although this could be viewed as a bug fix, the lack of similar complaints weighs against back- patching; indeed we waited for v11 because it seemed already rather late in the v10 cycle to be making plan choice changes like this one. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/32013.1487271761@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-08-15 20:05:46 +02:00
Selectivity left_mcvfreq; /* left side's most common val's freq */
Selectivity right_mcvfreq; /* right side's most common val's freq */
} RestrictInfo;
/*
* This macro embodies the correct way to test whether a RestrictInfo is
* "pushed down" to a given outer join, that is, should be treated as a filter
* clause rather than a join clause at that outer join. This is certainly so
* if is_pushed_down is true; but examining that is not sufficient anymore,
* because outer-join clauses will get pushed down to lower outer joins when
* we generate a path for the lower outer join that is parameterized by the
* LHS of the upper one. We can detect such a clause by noting that its
* required_relids exceed the scope of the join.
*/
#define RINFO_IS_PUSHED_DOWN(rinfo, joinrelids) \
((rinfo)->is_pushed_down || \
!bms_is_subset((rinfo)->required_relids, joinrelids))
/*
* Since mergejoinscansel() is a relatively expensive function, and would
* otherwise be invoked many times while planning a large join tree,
* we go out of our way to cache its results. Each mergejoinable
* RestrictInfo carries a list of the specific sort orderings that have
* been considered for use with it, and the resulting selectivities.
*/
typedef struct MergeScanSelCache
{
/* Ordering details (cache lookup key) */
Oid opfamily; /* btree opfamily defining the ordering */
Oid collation; /* collation for the ordering */
int strategy; /* sort direction (ASC or DESC) */
bool nulls_first; /* do NULLs come before normal values? */
/* Results */
Selectivity leftstartsel; /* first-join fraction for clause left side */
Selectivity leftendsel; /* last-join fraction for clause left side */
Selectivity rightstartsel; /* first-join fraction for clause right side */
Selectivity rightendsel; /* last-join fraction for clause right side */
} MergeScanSelCache;
/*
* Placeholder node for an expression to be evaluated below the top level
* of a plan tree. This is used during planning to represent the contained
* expression. At the end of the planning process it is replaced by either
* the contained expression or a Var referring to a lower-level evaluation of
* the contained expression. Typically the evaluation occurs below an outer
* join, and Var references above the outer join might thereby yield NULL
* instead of the expression value.
*
* Although the planner treats this as an expression node type, it is not
* recognized by the parser or executor, so we declare it here rather than
* in primnodes.h.
*/
typedef struct PlaceHolderVar
{
Expr xpr;
Expr *phexpr; /* the represented expression */
Relids phrels; /* base relids syntactically within expr src */
Index phid; /* ID for PHV (unique within planner run) */
Index phlevelsup; /* > 0 if PHV belongs to outer query */
} PlaceHolderVar;
/*
* "Special join" info.
*
* One-sided outer joins constrain the order of joining partially but not
* completely. We flatten such joins into the planner's top-level list of
* relations to join, but record information about each outer join in a
* SpecialJoinInfo struct. These structs are kept in the PlannerInfo node's
* join_info_list.
*
* Similarly, semijoins and antijoins created by flattening IN (subselect)
* and EXISTS(subselect) clauses create partial constraints on join order.
* These are likewise recorded in SpecialJoinInfo structs.
*
* We make SpecialJoinInfos for FULL JOINs even though there is no flexibility
* of planning for them, because this simplifies make_join_rel()'s API.
*
* min_lefthand and min_righthand are the sets of base relids that must be
* available on each side when performing the special join. lhs_strict is
* true if the special join's condition cannot succeed when the LHS variables
* are all NULL (this means that an outer join can commute with upper-level
* outer joins even if it appears in their RHS). We don't bother to set
* lhs_strict for FULL JOINs, however.
*
* It is not valid for either min_lefthand or min_righthand to be empty sets;
* if they were, this would break the logic that enforces join order.
*
Rewrite make_outerjoininfo's construction of min_lefthand and min_righthand sets for outer joins, in the light of bug #3588 and additional thought and experimentation. The original methodology was fatally flawed for nests of more than two outer joins: it got the relationships between adjacent joins right, but didn't always come to the right conclusions about whether a join could be interchanged with one two or more levels below it. This was largely caused by a mistaken idea that we should use the min_lefthand + min_righthand sets of a sub-join as the minimum left or right input set of an upper join when we conclude that the sub-join can't commute with the upper one. If there's a still-lower join that the sub-join *can* commute with, this method led us to think that that one could commute with the topmost join; which it can't. Another problem (not directly connected to bug #3588) was that make_outerjoininfo's processing-order-dependent method for enforcing outer join identity #3 didn't work right: if we decided that join A could safely commute with lower join B, we dropped all information about sub-joins under B that join A could perhaps not safely commute with, because we removed B's entire min_righthand from A's. To fix, make an explicit computation of all inner join combinations that occur below an outer join, and add to that the full syntactic relsets of any lower outer joins that we determine it can't commute with. This method gives much more direct enforcement of the outer join rearrangement identities, and it turns out not to cost a lot of additional bookkeeping. Thanks to Richard Harris for the bug report and test case.
2007-08-31 03:44:06 +02:00
* syn_lefthand and syn_righthand are the sets of base relids that are
* syntactically below this special join. (These are needed to help compute
* min_lefthand and min_righthand for higher joins.)
Rewrite make_outerjoininfo's construction of min_lefthand and min_righthand sets for outer joins, in the light of bug #3588 and additional thought and experimentation. The original methodology was fatally flawed for nests of more than two outer joins: it got the relationships between adjacent joins right, but didn't always come to the right conclusions about whether a join could be interchanged with one two or more levels below it. This was largely caused by a mistaken idea that we should use the min_lefthand + min_righthand sets of a sub-join as the minimum left or right input set of an upper join when we conclude that the sub-join can't commute with the upper one. If there's a still-lower join that the sub-join *can* commute with, this method led us to think that that one could commute with the topmost join; which it can't. Another problem (not directly connected to bug #3588) was that make_outerjoininfo's processing-order-dependent method for enforcing outer join identity #3 didn't work right: if we decided that join A could safely commute with lower join B, we dropped all information about sub-joins under B that join A could perhaps not safely commute with, because we removed B's entire min_righthand from A's. To fix, make an explicit computation of all inner join combinations that occur below an outer join, and add to that the full syntactic relsets of any lower outer joins that we determine it can't commute with. This method gives much more direct enforcement of the outer join rearrangement identities, and it turns out not to cost a lot of additional bookkeeping. Thanks to Richard Harris for the bug report and test case.
2007-08-31 03:44:06 +02:00
*
* delay_upper_joins is set true if we detect a pushed-down clause that has
* to be evaluated after this join is formed (because it references the RHS).
* Any outer joins that have such a clause and this join in their RHS cannot
* commute with this join, because that would leave noplace to check the
* pushed-down clause. (We don't track this for FULL JOINs, either.)
*
Improve planner's cost estimation in the presence of semijoins. If we have a semijoin, say SELECT * FROM x WHERE x1 IN (SELECT y1 FROM y) and we're estimating the cost of a parameterized indexscan on x, the number of repetitions of the indexscan should not be taken as the size of y; it'll really only be the number of distinct values of y1, because the only valid plan with y on the outside of a nestloop would require y to be unique-ified before joining it to x. Most of the time this doesn't make that much difference, but sometimes it can lead to drastically underestimating the cost of the indexscan and hence choosing a bad plan, as pointed out by David Kubečka. Fixing this is a bit difficult because parameterized indexscans are costed out quite early in the planning process, before we have the information that would be needed to call estimate_num_groups() and thereby estimate the number of distinct values of the join column(s). However we can move the code that extracts a semijoin RHS's unique-ification columns, so that it's done in initsplan.c rather than on-the-fly in create_unique_path(). That shouldn't make any difference speed-wise and it's really a bit cleaner too. The other bit of information we need is the size of the semijoin RHS, which is easy if it's a single relation (we make those estimates before considering indexscan costs) but problematic if it's a join relation. The solution adopted here is just to use the product of the sizes of the join component rels. That will generally be an overestimate, but since estimate_num_groups() only uses this input as a clamp, an overestimate shouldn't hurt us too badly. In any case we don't allow this new logic to produce a value larger than we would have chosen before, so that at worst an overestimate leaves us no wiser than we were before.
2015-03-12 02:21:00 +01:00
* For a semijoin, we also extract the join operators and their RHS arguments
* and set semi_operators, semi_rhs_exprs, semi_can_btree, and semi_can_hash.
* This is done in support of possibly unique-ifying the RHS, so we don't
* bother unless at least one of semi_can_btree and semi_can_hash can be set
* true. (You might expect that this information would be computed during
* join planning; but it's helpful to have it available during planning of
* parameterized table scans, so we store it in the SpecialJoinInfo structs.)
*
* jointype is never JOIN_RIGHT; a RIGHT JOIN is handled by switching
* the inputs to make it a LEFT JOIN. So the allowed values of jointype
* in a join_info_list member are only LEFT, FULL, SEMI, or ANTI.
*
* For purposes of join selectivity estimation, we create transient
* SpecialJoinInfo structures for regular inner joins; so it is possible
* to have jointype == JOIN_INNER in such a structure, even though this is
* not allowed within join_info_list. We also create transient
* SpecialJoinInfos with jointype == JOIN_INNER for outer joins, since for
* cost estimation purposes it is sometimes useful to know the join size under
* plain innerjoin semantics. Note that lhs_strict, delay_upper_joins, and
Improve planner's cost estimation in the presence of semijoins. If we have a semijoin, say SELECT * FROM x WHERE x1 IN (SELECT y1 FROM y) and we're estimating the cost of a parameterized indexscan on x, the number of repetitions of the indexscan should not be taken as the size of y; it'll really only be the number of distinct values of y1, because the only valid plan with y on the outside of a nestloop would require y to be unique-ified before joining it to x. Most of the time this doesn't make that much difference, but sometimes it can lead to drastically underestimating the cost of the indexscan and hence choosing a bad plan, as pointed out by David Kubečka. Fixing this is a bit difficult because parameterized indexscans are costed out quite early in the planning process, before we have the information that would be needed to call estimate_num_groups() and thereby estimate the number of distinct values of the join column(s). However we can move the code that extracts a semijoin RHS's unique-ification columns, so that it's done in initsplan.c rather than on-the-fly in create_unique_path(). That shouldn't make any difference speed-wise and it's really a bit cleaner too. The other bit of information we need is the size of the semijoin RHS, which is easy if it's a single relation (we make those estimates before considering indexscan costs) but problematic if it's a join relation. The solution adopted here is just to use the product of the sizes of the join component rels. That will generally be an overestimate, but since estimate_num_groups() only uses this input as a clamp, an overestimate shouldn't hurt us too badly. In any case we don't allow this new logic to produce a value larger than we would have chosen before, so that at worst an overestimate leaves us no wiser than we were before.
2015-03-12 02:21:00 +01:00
* of course the semi_xxx fields are not set meaningfully within such structs.
*/
#ifndef HAVE_SPECIALJOININFO_TYPEDEF
typedef struct SpecialJoinInfo SpecialJoinInfo;
#define HAVE_SPECIALJOININFO_TYPEDEF 1
#endif
struct SpecialJoinInfo
{
NodeTag type;
Relids min_lefthand; /* base relids in minimum LHS for join */
Relids min_righthand; /* base relids in minimum RHS for join */
Rewrite make_outerjoininfo's construction of min_lefthand and min_righthand sets for outer joins, in the light of bug #3588 and additional thought and experimentation. The original methodology was fatally flawed for nests of more than two outer joins: it got the relationships between adjacent joins right, but didn't always come to the right conclusions about whether a join could be interchanged with one two or more levels below it. This was largely caused by a mistaken idea that we should use the min_lefthand + min_righthand sets of a sub-join as the minimum left or right input set of an upper join when we conclude that the sub-join can't commute with the upper one. If there's a still-lower join that the sub-join *can* commute with, this method led us to think that that one could commute with the topmost join; which it can't. Another problem (not directly connected to bug #3588) was that make_outerjoininfo's processing-order-dependent method for enforcing outer join identity #3 didn't work right: if we decided that join A could safely commute with lower join B, we dropped all information about sub-joins under B that join A could perhaps not safely commute with, because we removed B's entire min_righthand from A's. To fix, make an explicit computation of all inner join combinations that occur below an outer join, and add to that the full syntactic relsets of any lower outer joins that we determine it can't commute with. This method gives much more direct enforcement of the outer join rearrangement identities, and it turns out not to cost a lot of additional bookkeeping. Thanks to Richard Harris for the bug report and test case.
2007-08-31 03:44:06 +02:00
Relids syn_lefthand; /* base relids syntactically within LHS */
Relids syn_righthand; /* base relids syntactically within RHS */
JoinType jointype; /* always INNER, LEFT, FULL, SEMI, or ANTI */
bool lhs_strict; /* joinclause is strict for some LHS rel */
Phase 2 of pgindent updates. Change pg_bsd_indent to follow upstream rules for placement of comments to the right of code, and remove pgindent hack that caused comments following #endif to not obey the general rule. Commit e3860ffa4dd0dad0dd9eea4be9cc1412373a8c89 wasn't actually using the published version of pg_bsd_indent, but a hacked-up version that tried to minimize the amount of movement of comments to the right of code. The situation of interest is where such a comment has to be moved to the right of its default placement at column 33 because there's code there. BSD indent has always moved right in units of tab stops in such cases --- but in the previous incarnation, indent was working in 8-space tab stops, while now it knows we use 4-space tabs. So the net result is that in about half the cases, such comments are placed one tab stop left of before. This is better all around: it leaves more room on the line for comment text, and it means that in such cases the comment uniformly starts at the next 4-space tab stop after the code, rather than sometimes one and sometimes two tabs after. Also, ensure that comments following #endif are indented the same as comments following other preprocessor commands such as #else. That inconsistency turns out to have been self-inflicted damage from a poorly-thought-through post-indent "fixup" in pgindent. This patch is much less interesting than the first round of indent changes, but also bulkier, so I thought it best to separate the effects. Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/E1dAmxK-0006EE-1r@gemulon.postgresql.org Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/30527.1495162840@sss.pgh.pa.us
2017-06-21 21:18:54 +02:00
bool delay_upper_joins; /* can't commute with upper RHS */
Improve planner's cost estimation in the presence of semijoins. If we have a semijoin, say SELECT * FROM x WHERE x1 IN (SELECT y1 FROM y) and we're estimating the cost of a parameterized indexscan on x, the number of repetitions of the indexscan should not be taken as the size of y; it'll really only be the number of distinct values of y1, because the only valid plan with y on the outside of a nestloop would require y to be unique-ified before joining it to x. Most of the time this doesn't make that much difference, but sometimes it can lead to drastically underestimating the cost of the indexscan and hence choosing a bad plan, as pointed out by David Kubečka. Fixing this is a bit difficult because parameterized indexscans are costed out quite early in the planning process, before we have the information that would be needed to call estimate_num_groups() and thereby estimate the number of distinct values of the join column(s). However we can move the code that extracts a semijoin RHS's unique-ification columns, so that it's done in initsplan.c rather than on-the-fly in create_unique_path(). That shouldn't make any difference speed-wise and it's really a bit cleaner too. The other bit of information we need is the size of the semijoin RHS, which is easy if it's a single relation (we make those estimates before considering indexscan costs) but problematic if it's a join relation. The solution adopted here is just to use the product of the sizes of the join component rels. That will generally be an overestimate, but since estimate_num_groups() only uses this input as a clamp, an overestimate shouldn't hurt us too badly. In any case we don't allow this new logic to produce a value larger than we would have chosen before, so that at worst an overestimate leaves us no wiser than we were before.
2015-03-12 02:21:00 +01:00
/* Remaining fields are set only for JOIN_SEMI jointype: */
bool semi_can_btree; /* true if semi_operators are all btree */
bool semi_can_hash; /* true if semi_operators are all hash */
List *semi_operators; /* OIDs of equality join operators */
List *semi_rhs_exprs; /* righthand-side expressions of these ops */
};
/*
* Append-relation info.
*
* When we expand an inheritable table or a UNION-ALL subselect into an
* "append relation" (essentially, a list of child RTEs), we build an
* AppendRelInfo for each child RTE. The list of AppendRelInfos indicates
* which child RTEs must be included when expanding the parent, and each node
* carries information needed to translate Vars referencing the parent into
* Vars referencing that child.
*
* These structs are kept in the PlannerInfo node's append_rel_list.
* Note that we just throw all the structs into one list, and scan the
* whole list when desiring to expand any one parent. We could have used
* a more complex data structure (eg, one list per parent), but this would
* be harder to update during operations such as pulling up subqueries,
* and not really any easier to scan. Considering that typical queries
* will not have many different append parents, it doesn't seem worthwhile
* to complicate things.
*
* Note: after completion of the planner prep phase, any given RTE is an
* append parent having entries in append_rel_list if and only if its
* "inh" flag is set. We clear "inh" for plain tables that turn out not
* to have inheritance children, and (in an abuse of the original meaning
* of the flag) we set "inh" for subquery RTEs that turn out to be
* flattenable UNION ALL queries. This lets us avoid useless searches
* of append_rel_list.
*
* Note: the data structure assumes that append-rel members are single
* baserels. This is OK for inheritance, but it prevents us from pulling
* up a UNION ALL member subquery if it contains a join. While that could
* be fixed with a more complex data structure, at present there's not much
* point because no improvement in the plan could result.
*/
typedef struct AppendRelInfo
{
NodeTag type;
2006-10-04 02:30:14 +02:00
/*
2006-10-04 02:30:14 +02:00
* These fields uniquely identify this append relationship. There can be
* (in fact, always should be) multiple AppendRelInfos for the same
* parent_relid, but never more than one per child_relid, since a given
* RTE cannot be a child of more than one append parent.
*/
Index parent_relid; /* RT index of append parent rel */
Index child_relid; /* RT index of append child rel */
2006-10-04 02:30:14 +02:00
/*
* For an inheritance appendrel, the parent and child are both regular
* relations, and we store their rowtype OIDs here for use in translating
* whole-row Vars. For a UNION-ALL appendrel, the parent and child are
* both subqueries with no named rowtype, and we store InvalidOid here.
*/
2006-10-04 02:30:14 +02:00
Oid parent_reltype; /* OID of parent's composite type */
Oid child_reltype; /* OID of child's composite type */
/*
2006-10-04 02:30:14 +02:00
* The N'th element of this list is a Var or expression representing the
* child column corresponding to the N'th column of the parent. This is
* used to translate Vars referencing the parent rel into references to
* the child. A list element is NULL if it corresponds to a dropped
* column of the parent (this is only possible for inheritance cases, not
* UNION ALL). The list elements are always simple Vars for inheritance
* cases, but can be arbitrary expressions in UNION ALL cases.
*
* Notice we only store entries for user columns (attno > 0). Whole-row
2006-10-04 02:30:14 +02:00
* Vars are special-cased, and system columns (attno < 0) need no special
* translation since their attnos are the same for all tables.
*
* Caution: the Vars have varlevelsup = 0. Be careful to adjust as needed
2006-10-04 02:30:14 +02:00
* when copying into a subquery.
*/
2006-10-04 02:30:14 +02:00
List *translated_vars; /* Expressions in the child's Vars */
/*
2006-10-04 02:30:14 +02:00
* We store the parent table's OID here for inheritance, or InvalidOid for
* UNION ALL. This is only needed to help in generating error messages if
* an attempt is made to reference a dropped parent column.
*/
Oid parent_reloid; /* OID of parent relation */
} AppendRelInfo;
/*
* For each distinct placeholder expression generated during planning, we
* store a PlaceHolderInfo node in the PlannerInfo node's placeholder_list.
* This stores info that is needed centrally rather than in each copy of the
* PlaceHolderVar. The phid fields identify which PlaceHolderInfo goes with
* each PlaceHolderVar. Note that phid is unique throughout a planner run,
* not just within a query level --- this is so that we need not reassign ID's
* when pulling a subquery into its parent.
*
* The idea is to evaluate the expression at (only) the ph_eval_at join level,
* then allow it to bubble up like a Var until the ph_needed join level.
* ph_needed has the same definition as attr_needed for a regular Var.
*
* The PlaceHolderVar's expression might contain LATERAL references to vars
* coming from outside its syntactic scope. If so, those rels are *not*
* included in ph_eval_at, but they are recorded in ph_lateral.
*
* Notice that when ph_eval_at is a join rather than a single baserel, the
* PlaceHolderInfo may create constraints on join order: the ph_eval_at join
* has to be formed below any outer joins that should null the PlaceHolderVar.
*
* We create a PlaceHolderInfo only after determining that the PlaceHolderVar
* is actually referenced in the plan tree, so that unreferenced placeholders
* don't result in unnecessary constraints on join order.
*/
typedef struct PlaceHolderInfo
{
NodeTag type;
Index phid; /* ID for PH (unique within planner run) */
PlaceHolderVar *ph_var; /* copy of PlaceHolderVar tree */
Relids ph_eval_at; /* lowest level we can evaluate value at */
Relids ph_lateral; /* relids of contained lateral refs, if any */
Relids ph_needed; /* highest level the value is needed at */
int32 ph_width; /* estimated attribute width */
} PlaceHolderInfo;
/*
Make the upper part of the planner work by generating and comparing Paths. I've been saying we needed to do this for more than five years, and here it finally is. This patch removes the ever-growing tangle of spaghetti logic that grouping_planner() used to use to try to identify the best plan for post-scan/join query steps. Now, there is (nearly) independent consideration of each execution step, and entirely separate construction of Paths to represent each of the possible ways to do that step. We choose the best Path or set of Paths using the same add_path() logic that's been used inside query_planner() for years. In addition, this patch removes the old restriction that subquery_planner() could return only a single Plan. It now returns a RelOptInfo containing a set of Paths, just as query_planner() does, and the parent query level can use each of those Paths as the basis of a SubqueryScanPath at its level. This allows finding some optimizations that we missed before, wherein a subquery was capable of returning presorted data and thereby avoiding a sort in the parent level, making the overall cost cheaper even though delivering sorted output was not the cheapest plan for the subquery in isolation. (A couple of regression test outputs change in consequence of that. However, there is very little change in visible planner behavior overall, because the point of this patch is not to get immediate planning benefits but to create the infrastructure for future improvements.) There is a great deal left to do here. This patch unblocks a lot of planner work that was basically impractical in the old code structure, such as allowing FDWs to implement remote aggregation, or rewriting plan_set_operations() to allow consideration of multiple implementation orders for set operations. (The latter will likely require a full rewrite of plan_set_operations(); what I've done here is only to fix it to return Paths not Plans.) I have also left unfinished some localized refactoring in createplan.c and planner.c, because it was not necessary to get this patch to a working state. Thanks to Robert Haas, David Rowley, and Amit Kapila for review.
2016-03-07 21:58:22 +01:00
* This struct describes one potentially index-optimizable MIN/MAX aggregate
* function. MinMaxAggPath contains a list of these, and if we accept that
* path, the list is stored into root->minmax_aggs for use during setrefs.c.
*/
typedef struct MinMaxAggInfo
{
NodeTag type;
Oid aggfnoid; /* pg_proc Oid of the aggregate */
Oid aggsortop; /* Oid of its sort operator */
Expr *target; /* expression we are aggregating on */
PlannerInfo *subroot; /* modified "root" for planning the subquery */
Path *path; /* access path for subquery */
Cost pathcost; /* estimated cost to fetch first row */
Param *param; /* param for subplan's output */
} MinMaxAggInfo;
/*
Fix PARAM_EXEC assignment mechanism to be safe in the presence of WITH. The planner previously assumed that parameter Vars having the same absolute query level, varno, and varattno could safely be assigned the same runtime PARAM_EXEC slot, even though they might be different Vars appearing in different subqueries. This was (probably) safe before the introduction of CTEs, but the lazy-evalution mechanism used for CTEs means that a CTE can be executed during execution of some other subquery, causing the lifespan of Params at the same syntactic nesting level as the CTE to overlap with use of the same slots inside the CTE. In 9.1 we created additional hazards by using the same parameter-assignment technology for nestloop inner scan parameters, but it was broken before that, as illustrated by the added regression test. To fix, restructure the planner's management of PlannerParamItems so that items having different semantic lifespans are kept rigorously separated. This will probably result in complex queries using more runtime PARAM_EXEC slots than before, but the slots are cheap enough that this hardly matters. Also, stop generating PlannerParamItems containing Params for subquery outputs: all we really need to do is reserve the PARAM_EXEC slot number, and that now only takes incrementing a counter. The planning code is simpler and probably faster than before, as well as being more correct. Per report from Vik Reykja. These changes will mostly also need to be made in the back branches, but I'm going to hold off on that until after 9.2.0 wraps.
2012-09-05 18:54:03 +02:00
* At runtime, PARAM_EXEC slots are used to pass values around from one plan
* node to another. They can be used to pass values down into subqueries (for
* outer references in subqueries), or up out of subqueries (for the results
* of a subplan), or from a NestLoop plan node into its inner relation (when
* the inner scan is parameterized with values from the outer relation).
* The planner is responsible for assigning nonconflicting PARAM_EXEC IDs to
* the PARAM_EXEC Params it generates.
*
* Outer references are managed via root->plan_params, which is a list of
* PlannerParamItems. While planning a subquery, each parent query level's
* plan_params contains the values required from it by the current subquery.
* During create_plan(), we use plan_params to track values that must be
* passed from outer to inner sides of NestLoop plan nodes.
*
* The item a PlannerParamItem represents can be one of three kinds:
*
* A Var: the slot represents a variable of this level that must be passed
* down because subqueries have outer references to it, or must be passed
* from a NestLoop node to its inner scan. The varlevelsup value in the Var
Fix PARAM_EXEC assignment mechanism to be safe in the presence of WITH. The planner previously assumed that parameter Vars having the same absolute query level, varno, and varattno could safely be assigned the same runtime PARAM_EXEC slot, even though they might be different Vars appearing in different subqueries. This was (probably) safe before the introduction of CTEs, but the lazy-evalution mechanism used for CTEs means that a CTE can be executed during execution of some other subquery, causing the lifespan of Params at the same syntactic nesting level as the CTE to overlap with use of the same slots inside the CTE. In 9.1 we created additional hazards by using the same parameter-assignment technology for nestloop inner scan parameters, but it was broken before that, as illustrated by the added regression test. To fix, restructure the planner's management of PlannerParamItems so that items having different semantic lifespans are kept rigorously separated. This will probably result in complex queries using more runtime PARAM_EXEC slots than before, but the slots are cheap enough that this hardly matters. Also, stop generating PlannerParamItems containing Params for subquery outputs: all we really need to do is reserve the PARAM_EXEC slot number, and that now only takes incrementing a counter. The planning code is simpler and probably faster than before, as well as being more correct. Per report from Vik Reykja. These changes will mostly also need to be made in the back branches, but I'm going to hold off on that until after 9.2.0 wraps.
2012-09-05 18:54:03 +02:00
* will always be zero.
*
* A PlaceHolderVar: this works much like the Var case, except that the
* entry is a PlaceHolderVar node with a contained expression. The PHV
* will have phlevelsup = 0, and the contained expression is adjusted
* to match in level.
*
* An Aggref (with an expression tree representing its argument): the slot
* represents an aggregate expression that is an outer reference for some
* subquery. The Aggref itself has agglevelsup = 0, and its argument tree
* is adjusted to match in level.
*
* Note: we detect duplicate Var and PlaceHolderVar parameters and coalesce
Fix PARAM_EXEC assignment mechanism to be safe in the presence of WITH. The planner previously assumed that parameter Vars having the same absolute query level, varno, and varattno could safely be assigned the same runtime PARAM_EXEC slot, even though they might be different Vars appearing in different subqueries. This was (probably) safe before the introduction of CTEs, but the lazy-evalution mechanism used for CTEs means that a CTE can be executed during execution of some other subquery, causing the lifespan of Params at the same syntactic nesting level as the CTE to overlap with use of the same slots inside the CTE. In 9.1 we created additional hazards by using the same parameter-assignment technology for nestloop inner scan parameters, but it was broken before that, as illustrated by the added regression test. To fix, restructure the planner's management of PlannerParamItems so that items having different semantic lifespans are kept rigorously separated. This will probably result in complex queries using more runtime PARAM_EXEC slots than before, but the slots are cheap enough that this hardly matters. Also, stop generating PlannerParamItems containing Params for subquery outputs: all we really need to do is reserve the PARAM_EXEC slot number, and that now only takes incrementing a counter. The planning code is simpler and probably faster than before, as well as being more correct. Per report from Vik Reykja. These changes will mostly also need to be made in the back branches, but I'm going to hold off on that until after 9.2.0 wraps.
2012-09-05 18:54:03 +02:00
* them into one slot, but we do not bother to do that for Aggrefs.
* The scope of duplicate-elimination only extends across the set of
* parameters passed from one query level into a single subquery, or for
* nestloop parameters across the set of nestloop parameters used in a single
* query level. So there is no possibility of a PARAM_EXEC slot being used
* for conflicting purposes.
*
* In addition, PARAM_EXEC slots are assigned for Params representing outputs
* from subplans (values that are setParam items for those subplans). These
* IDs need not be tracked via PlannerParamItems, since we do not need any
* duplicate-elimination nor later processing of the represented expressions.
* Instead, we just record the assignment of the slot number by appending to
* root->glob->paramExecTypes.
*/
typedef struct PlannerParamItem
{
NodeTag type;
Fix PARAM_EXEC assignment mechanism to be safe in the presence of WITH. The planner previously assumed that parameter Vars having the same absolute query level, varno, and varattno could safely be assigned the same runtime PARAM_EXEC slot, even though they might be different Vars appearing in different subqueries. This was (probably) safe before the introduction of CTEs, but the lazy-evalution mechanism used for CTEs means that a CTE can be executed during execution of some other subquery, causing the lifespan of Params at the same syntactic nesting level as the CTE to overlap with use of the same slots inside the CTE. In 9.1 we created additional hazards by using the same parameter-assignment technology for nestloop inner scan parameters, but it was broken before that, as illustrated by the added regression test. To fix, restructure the planner's management of PlannerParamItems so that items having different semantic lifespans are kept rigorously separated. This will probably result in complex queries using more runtime PARAM_EXEC slots than before, but the slots are cheap enough that this hardly matters. Also, stop generating PlannerParamItems containing Params for subquery outputs: all we really need to do is reserve the PARAM_EXEC slot number, and that now only takes incrementing a counter. The planning code is simpler and probably faster than before, as well as being more correct. Per report from Vik Reykja. These changes will mostly also need to be made in the back branches, but I'm going to hold off on that until after 9.2.0 wraps.
2012-09-05 18:54:03 +02:00
Node *item; /* the Var, PlaceHolderVar, or Aggref */
int paramId; /* its assigned PARAM_EXEC slot number */
} PlannerParamItem;
/*
* When making cost estimates for a SEMI/ANTI/inner_unique join, there are
* some correction factors that are needed in both nestloop and hash joins
* to account for the fact that the executor can stop scanning inner rows
* as soon as it finds a match to the current outer row. These numbers
* depend only on the selected outer and inner join relations, not on the
* particular paths used for them, so it's worthwhile to calculate them
* just once per relation pair not once per considered path. This struct
* is filled by compute_semi_anti_join_factors and must be passed along
* to the join cost estimation functions.
*
* outer_match_frac is the fraction of the outer tuples that are
* expected to have at least one match.
* match_count is the average number of matches expected for
* outer tuples that have at least one match.
*/
typedef struct SemiAntiJoinFactors
{
Selectivity outer_match_frac;
Selectivity match_count;
} SemiAntiJoinFactors;
Code review for foreign/custom join pushdown patch. Commit e7cb7ee14555cc9c5773e2c102efd6371f6f2005 included some design decisions that seem pretty questionable to me, and there was quite a lot of stuff not to like about the documentation and comments. Clean up as follows: * Consider foreign joins only between foreign tables on the same server, rather than between any two foreign tables with the same underlying FDW handler function. In most if not all cases, the FDW would simply have had to apply the same-server restriction itself (far more expensively, both for lack of caching and because it would be repeated for each combination of input sub-joins), or else risk nasty bugs. Anyone who's really intent on doing something outside this restriction can always use the set_join_pathlist_hook. * Rename fdw_ps_tlist/custom_ps_tlist to fdw_scan_tlist/custom_scan_tlist to better reflect what they're for, and allow these custom scan tlists to be used even for base relations. * Change make_foreignscan() API to include passing the fdw_scan_tlist value, since the FDW is required to set that. Backwards compatibility doesn't seem like an adequate reason to expect FDWs to set it in some ad-hoc extra step, and anyway existing FDWs can just pass NIL. * Change the API of path-generating subroutines of add_paths_to_joinrel, and in particular that of GetForeignJoinPaths and set_join_pathlist_hook, so that various less-used parameters are passed in a struct rather than as separate parameter-list entries. The objective here is to reduce the probability that future additions to those parameter lists will result in source-level API breaks for users of these hooks. It's possible that this is even a small win for the core code, since most CPU architectures can't pass more than half a dozen parameters efficiently anyway. I kept root, joinrel, outerrel, innerrel, and jointype as separate parameters to reduce code churn in joinpath.c --- in particular, putting jointype into the struct would have been problematic because of the subroutines' habit of changing their local copies of that variable. * Avoid ad-hocery in ExecAssignScanProjectionInfo. It was probably all right for it to know about IndexOnlyScan, but if the list is to grow we should refactor the knowledge out to the callers. * Restore nodeForeignscan.c's previous use of the relcache to avoid extra GetFdwRoutine lookups for base-relation scans. * Lots of cleanup of documentation and missed comments. Re-order some code additions into more logical places.
2015-05-10 20:36:30 +02:00
/*
* Struct for extra information passed to subroutines of add_paths_to_joinrel
*
* restrictlist contains all of the RestrictInfo nodes for restriction
* clauses that apply to this join
* mergeclause_list is a list of RestrictInfo nodes for available
* mergejoin clauses in this join
* inner_unique is true if each outer tuple provably matches no more
* than one inner tuple
Code review for foreign/custom join pushdown patch. Commit e7cb7ee14555cc9c5773e2c102efd6371f6f2005 included some design decisions that seem pretty questionable to me, and there was quite a lot of stuff not to like about the documentation and comments. Clean up as follows: * Consider foreign joins only between foreign tables on the same server, rather than between any two foreign tables with the same underlying FDW handler function. In most if not all cases, the FDW would simply have had to apply the same-server restriction itself (far more expensively, both for lack of caching and because it would be repeated for each combination of input sub-joins), or else risk nasty bugs. Anyone who's really intent on doing something outside this restriction can always use the set_join_pathlist_hook. * Rename fdw_ps_tlist/custom_ps_tlist to fdw_scan_tlist/custom_scan_tlist to better reflect what they're for, and allow these custom scan tlists to be used even for base relations. * Change make_foreignscan() API to include passing the fdw_scan_tlist value, since the FDW is required to set that. Backwards compatibility doesn't seem like an adequate reason to expect FDWs to set it in some ad-hoc extra step, and anyway existing FDWs can just pass NIL. * Change the API of path-generating subroutines of add_paths_to_joinrel, and in particular that of GetForeignJoinPaths and set_join_pathlist_hook, so that various less-used parameters are passed in a struct rather than as separate parameter-list entries. The objective here is to reduce the probability that future additions to those parameter lists will result in source-level API breaks for users of these hooks. It's possible that this is even a small win for the core code, since most CPU architectures can't pass more than half a dozen parameters efficiently anyway. I kept root, joinrel, outerrel, innerrel, and jointype as separate parameters to reduce code churn in joinpath.c --- in particular, putting jointype into the struct would have been problematic because of the subroutines' habit of changing their local copies of that variable. * Avoid ad-hocery in ExecAssignScanProjectionInfo. It was probably all right for it to know about IndexOnlyScan, but if the list is to grow we should refactor the knowledge out to the callers. * Restore nodeForeignscan.c's previous use of the relcache to avoid extra GetFdwRoutine lookups for base-relation scans. * Lots of cleanup of documentation and missed comments. Re-order some code additions into more logical places.
2015-05-10 20:36:30 +02:00
* sjinfo is extra info about special joins for selectivity estimation
* semifactors is as shown above (only valid for SEMI/ANTI/inner_unique joins)
Code review for foreign/custom join pushdown patch. Commit e7cb7ee14555cc9c5773e2c102efd6371f6f2005 included some design decisions that seem pretty questionable to me, and there was quite a lot of stuff not to like about the documentation and comments. Clean up as follows: * Consider foreign joins only between foreign tables on the same server, rather than between any two foreign tables with the same underlying FDW handler function. In most if not all cases, the FDW would simply have had to apply the same-server restriction itself (far more expensively, both for lack of caching and because it would be repeated for each combination of input sub-joins), or else risk nasty bugs. Anyone who's really intent on doing something outside this restriction can always use the set_join_pathlist_hook. * Rename fdw_ps_tlist/custom_ps_tlist to fdw_scan_tlist/custom_scan_tlist to better reflect what they're for, and allow these custom scan tlists to be used even for base relations. * Change make_foreignscan() API to include passing the fdw_scan_tlist value, since the FDW is required to set that. Backwards compatibility doesn't seem like an adequate reason to expect FDWs to set it in some ad-hoc extra step, and anyway existing FDWs can just pass NIL. * Change the API of path-generating subroutines of add_paths_to_joinrel, and in particular that of GetForeignJoinPaths and set_join_pathlist_hook, so that various less-used parameters are passed in a struct rather than as separate parameter-list entries. The objective here is to reduce the probability that future additions to those parameter lists will result in source-level API breaks for users of these hooks. It's possible that this is even a small win for the core code, since most CPU architectures can't pass more than half a dozen parameters efficiently anyway. I kept root, joinrel, outerrel, innerrel, and jointype as separate parameters to reduce code churn in joinpath.c --- in particular, putting jointype into the struct would have been problematic because of the subroutines' habit of changing their local copies of that variable. * Avoid ad-hocery in ExecAssignScanProjectionInfo. It was probably all right for it to know about IndexOnlyScan, but if the list is to grow we should refactor the knowledge out to the callers. * Restore nodeForeignscan.c's previous use of the relcache to avoid extra GetFdwRoutine lookups for base-relation scans. * Lots of cleanup of documentation and missed comments. Re-order some code additions into more logical places.
2015-05-10 20:36:30 +02:00
* param_source_rels are OK targets for parameterization of result paths
*/
typedef struct JoinPathExtraData
{
List *restrictlist;
List *mergeclause_list;
bool inner_unique;
Code review for foreign/custom join pushdown patch. Commit e7cb7ee14555cc9c5773e2c102efd6371f6f2005 included some design decisions that seem pretty questionable to me, and there was quite a lot of stuff not to like about the documentation and comments. Clean up as follows: * Consider foreign joins only between foreign tables on the same server, rather than between any two foreign tables with the same underlying FDW handler function. In most if not all cases, the FDW would simply have had to apply the same-server restriction itself (far more expensively, both for lack of caching and because it would be repeated for each combination of input sub-joins), or else risk nasty bugs. Anyone who's really intent on doing something outside this restriction can always use the set_join_pathlist_hook. * Rename fdw_ps_tlist/custom_ps_tlist to fdw_scan_tlist/custom_scan_tlist to better reflect what they're for, and allow these custom scan tlists to be used even for base relations. * Change make_foreignscan() API to include passing the fdw_scan_tlist value, since the FDW is required to set that. Backwards compatibility doesn't seem like an adequate reason to expect FDWs to set it in some ad-hoc extra step, and anyway existing FDWs can just pass NIL. * Change the API of path-generating subroutines of add_paths_to_joinrel, and in particular that of GetForeignJoinPaths and set_join_pathlist_hook, so that various less-used parameters are passed in a struct rather than as separate parameter-list entries. The objective here is to reduce the probability that future additions to those parameter lists will result in source-level API breaks for users of these hooks. It's possible that this is even a small win for the core code, since most CPU architectures can't pass more than half a dozen parameters efficiently anyway. I kept root, joinrel, outerrel, innerrel, and jointype as separate parameters to reduce code churn in joinpath.c --- in particular, putting jointype into the struct would have been problematic because of the subroutines' habit of changing their local copies of that variable. * Avoid ad-hocery in ExecAssignScanProjectionInfo. It was probably all right for it to know about IndexOnlyScan, but if the list is to grow we should refactor the knowledge out to the callers. * Restore nodeForeignscan.c's previous use of the relcache to avoid extra GetFdwRoutine lookups for base-relation scans. * Lots of cleanup of documentation and missed comments. Re-order some code additions into more logical places.
2015-05-10 20:36:30 +02:00
SpecialJoinInfo *sjinfo;
SemiAntiJoinFactors semifactors;
Relids param_source_rels;
} JoinPathExtraData;
/*
* Various flags indicating what kinds of grouping are possible.
*
* GROUPING_CAN_USE_SORT should be set if it's possible to perform
* sort-based implementations of grouping. When grouping sets are in use,
* this will be true if sorting is potentially usable for any of the grouping
* sets, even if it's not usable for all of them.
*
* GROUPING_CAN_USE_HASH should be set if it's possible to perform
* hash-based implementations of grouping.
*
* GROUPING_CAN_PARTIAL_AGG should be set if the aggregation is of a type
* for which we support partial aggregation (not, for example, grouping sets).
* It says nothing about parallel-safety or the availability of suitable paths.
*/
#define GROUPING_CAN_USE_SORT 0x0001
#define GROUPING_CAN_USE_HASH 0x0002
#define GROUPING_CAN_PARTIAL_AGG 0x0004
/*
* What kind of partitionwise aggregation is in use?
*
* PARTITIONWISE_AGGREGATE_NONE: Not used.
*
* PARTITIONWISE_AGGREGATE_FULL: Aggregate each partition separately, and
* append the results.
*
* PARTITIONWISE_AGGREGATE_PARTIAL: Partially aggregate each partition
* separately, append the results, and then finalize aggregation.
*/
typedef enum
{
PARTITIONWISE_AGGREGATE_NONE,
PARTITIONWISE_AGGREGATE_FULL,
PARTITIONWISE_AGGREGATE_PARTIAL
} PartitionwiseAggregateType;
/*
* Struct for extra information passed to subroutines of create_grouping_paths
*
* flags indicating what kinds of grouping are possible.
* partial_costs_set is true if the agg_partial_costs and agg_final_costs
* have been initialized.
* agg_partial_costs gives partial aggregation costs.
* agg_final_costs gives finalization costs.
* target_parallel_safe is true if target is parallel safe.
* havingQual gives list of quals to be applied after aggregation.
* targetList gives list of columns to be projected.
* patype is the type of partitionwise aggregation that is being performed.
*/
typedef struct
{
/* Data which remains constant once set. */
int flags;
bool partial_costs_set;
AggClauseCosts agg_partial_costs;
AggClauseCosts agg_final_costs;
/* Data which may differ across partitions. */
bool target_parallel_safe;
Node *havingQual;
List *targetList;
PartitionwiseAggregateType patype;
} GroupPathExtraData;
/*
* For speed reasons, cost estimation for join paths is performed in two
* phases: the first phase tries to quickly derive a lower bound for the
* join cost, and then we check if that's sufficient to reject the path.
* If not, we come back for a more refined cost estimate. The first phase
* fills a JoinCostWorkspace struct with its preliminary cost estimates
* and possibly additional intermediate values. The second phase takes
* these values as inputs to avoid repeating work.
*
* (Ideally we'd declare this in cost.h, but it's also needed in pathnode.h,
* so seems best to put it here.)
*/
typedef struct JoinCostWorkspace
{
/* Preliminary cost estimates --- must not be larger than final ones! */
Cost startup_cost; /* cost expended before fetching any tuples */
Cost total_cost; /* total cost (assuming all tuples fetched) */
/* Fields below here should be treated as private to costsize.c */
Cost run_cost; /* non-startup cost components */
/* private for cost_nestloop code */
Fix planner's cost estimation for SEMI/ANTI joins with inner indexscans. When the inner side of a nestloop SEMI or ANTI join is an indexscan that uses all the join clauses as indexquals, it can be presumed that both matched and unmatched outer rows will be processed very quickly: for matched rows, we'll stop after fetching one row from the indexscan, while for unmatched rows we'll have an indexscan that finds no matching index entries, which should also be quick. The planner already knew about this, but it was nonetheless charging for at least one full run of the inner indexscan, as a consequence of concerns about the behavior of materialized inner scans --- but those concerns don't apply in the fast case. If the inner side has low cardinality (many matching rows) this could make an indexscan plan look far more expensive than it actually is. To fix, rearrange the work in initial_cost_nestloop/final_cost_nestloop so that we don't add the inner scan cost until we've inspected the indexquals, and then we can add either the full-run cost or just the first tuple's cost as appropriate. Experimentation with this fix uncovered another problem: add_path and friends were coded to disregard cheap startup cost when considering parameterized paths. That's usually okay (and desirable, because it thins the path herd faster); but in this fast case for SEMI/ANTI joins, it could result in throwing away the desired plain indexscan path in favor of a bitmap scan path before we ever get to the join costing logic. In the many-matching-rows cases of interest here, a bitmap scan will do a lot more work than required, so this is a problem. To fix, add a per-relation flag consider_param_startup that works like the existing consider_startup flag, but applies to parameterized paths, and set it for relations that are the inside of a SEMI or ANTI join. To make this patch reasonably safe to back-patch, care has been taken to avoid changing the planner's behavior except in the very narrow case of SEMI/ANTI joins with inner indexscans. There are places in compare_path_costs_fuzzily and add_path_precheck that are not terribly consistent with the new approach, but changing them will affect planner decisions at the margins in other cases, so we'll leave that for a HEAD-only fix. Back-patch to 9.3; before that, the consider_startup flag didn't exist, meaning that the second aspect of the patch would be too invasive. Per a complaint from Peter Holzer and analysis by Tomas Vondra.
2015-06-03 17:58:47 +02:00
Cost inner_run_cost; /* also used by cost_mergejoin code */
Cost inner_rescan_run_cost;
/* private for cost_mergejoin code */
double outer_rows;
double inner_rows;
double outer_skip_rows;
double inner_skip_rows;
/* private for cost_hashjoin code */
int numbuckets;
int numbatches;
Add parallel-aware hash joins. Introduce parallel-aware hash joins that appear in EXPLAIN plans as Parallel Hash Join with Parallel Hash. While hash joins could already appear in parallel queries, they were previously always parallel-oblivious and had a partial subplan only on the outer side, meaning that the work of the inner subplan was duplicated in every worker. After this commit, the planner will consider using a partial subplan on the inner side too, using the Parallel Hash node to divide the work over the available CPU cores and combine its results in shared memory. If the join needs to be split into multiple batches in order to respect work_mem, then workers process different batches as much as possible and then work together on the remaining batches. The advantages of a parallel-aware hash join over a parallel-oblivious hash join used in a parallel query are that it: * avoids wasting memory on duplicated hash tables * avoids wasting disk space on duplicated batch files * divides the work of building the hash table over the CPUs One disadvantage is that there is some communication between the participating CPUs which might outweigh the benefits of parallelism in the case of small hash tables. This is avoided by the planner's existing reluctance to supply partial plans for small scans, but it may be necessary to estimate synchronization costs in future if that situation changes. Another is that outer batch 0 must be written to disk if multiple batches are required. A potential future advantage of parallel-aware hash joins is that right and full outer joins could be supported, since there is a single set of matched bits for each hashtable, but that is not yet implemented. A new GUC enable_parallel_hash is defined to control the feature, defaulting to on. Author: Thomas Munro Reviewed-By: Andres Freund, Robert Haas Tested-By: Rafia Sabih, Prabhat Sahu Discussion: https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm=2W=cOkiZxcg6qiFQP-dHUe09aqTrEMM7yJDrHMhDv_RA@mail.gmail.com https://postgr.es/m/CAEepm=37HKyJ4U6XOLi=JgfSHM3o6B-GaeO-6hkOmneTDkH+Uw@mail.gmail.com
2017-12-21 08:39:21 +01:00
double inner_rows_total;
} JoinCostWorkspace;
#endif /* PATHNODES_H */